HomeMy WebLinkAbout2007-012A APPENDIX `B '
FLORIDA EROSION & SEDIMENT
CONTROL INSPECTOR MANUAL
CHAPTER 4, " BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL"
i
VO
W
OW
r
40
on
i
Appendix A-Permits
F:\Engineering\Capital Projects\0201 -03128-Indian River Drive Sidewalk-South-Highland Drive SW\0201 Indian River Drive South
Sidewalk - Contract Docs\0201 -APPENDIX B - CHAPTER 4 BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES.doc
..
i
R
r
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
CHAPTER 4
BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
_ 4 . 01 IMPORTANCE OF CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING 1
4 .02 POLLUTION SOURCE CONTROLS ON CONSTRUCTION SITES 3
4. 03 TEMPORARY GRAVEL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE 7
4 . 04 CONSTRUCTION ROAD STABILIZATION 11
4.05 STRAW BALE BARRIER 13
i 4. 06 SILT FENCE 21
4. 07 BRUSH BARRIER 31
i
4 .08 STORMDRAIN INLET PROTECTION 33
4. 15 TEMPORARY DIVERSION DIKE 55
4 . 16 TEMPORARY FILL DIVERSION 59
s
4 . 17 TEMPORARY RIGHT-OF-WAY DIVERSION 63
++ 4 . 25 TEMPORARY SEDIMENT TRAP 67
4 .26 TEMPORARY SEDIMENT BASIN 79
4 . 30 TEMPORARY SLOPE DRAIN 99
.. 4 . 38 TEMPORARY CHECK DAMS 105
4 .40 DEWATERING 113
4 .45 FLOATING TURBIDITY BARRIER 115
CHAPTER NOTE
Effective control of erosion and sedimentation depends on the proper use of a number of
specific best management practices (BMP's) . Each of these has a correct application ,
installation , and maintenance requirement. This chapter provides a "toolbox" of BMP's with
instructions for their use . Always remember that the rules are performance based .
Implementation according to this manual is no guarantee of success , nor is it a constraint
to prevent the use of other more efficient or cost effective measures.
f i / 1 1 1 i ! i / i i � ■ ■ ■ ■ • ■
I
I
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
4 . 01 IMPORTANCE OF CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING
Definition
Coordinating the construction schedule to minimize the amount of area disturbed at any
one time and coordinating land clearing with the installation of erosion control measures.
Purpose
+ To minimize the amount of disturbed area , thereby reducing erosion potential.
Condition where Practice Applies
+
This practice applies to all construction projects . The level of planning and management
necessary to minimize erosion and control sedimentation adequately is dependent upon
+ the size , location , and complexity of the construction site .
Planning Considerations
+
The key to efficient and cost-effective erosion control is to plan construction activities in
phases to reduce the erosion potential of the site . By clearing only areas that are to be
.. developed , only limited areas of land are disturbed , making it much easier to prevent and
control erosion than if the entire site were exposed at once . On larger projects sub-phases
should be used to minimize the area of exposed soil . Before site disturbance occurs
+ perimeter controls , sediment traps, basins , and diversions should be in place to control
runoff and capture sediments. Prioritize disturbed areas in the vicinity of water bodies ,
wetlands , steep grades , long slopes , etc. for effective stabilization within seven days of
disturbance . Graded areas that will not be worked on should be seeded and mulched
immediately, rather than waiting until all project grading is done . A well-planned and well-
maintained construction entrance with stabilized construction roads can prevent offsite
sedimentation , keep sediments off of roads , minimize complaints from neighbors , and
reduce future expenses and aggravation .
Land disturbing activities are best scheduled during periods of low precipitation . Generally,
Florida's wet season occurs from May to November with a dry season from November to
May. Check with your local Water Management District (WMD) or Florida Department of
Transportation ( FDOT) office for more precise information in your area .
Specifications
Management of construction projects can be viewed in three phases . Phase 1 is the initial
installation of perimeter controls , sediment traps , basins , and diversions prior to site
development. Phase 11 is an interim stormwater management plan whereby components of
the permanent stormwater management system are constructed and connected to the
stormwater facilities as the site is developed . Phase 111 is the finished product and should
perform as such .
4- 1
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
Phase I
This is the first construction related activity to occur on any site . Installation of initial
controls shall be discussed at the pre-construction conference. The contractor and
the inspector should understand the inspection and maintenance requirements of
the specified BMPs , as well as the location and proper installation procedures.
Offsite runoff should be diverted around the project if stabilized areas, adequate
conveyance, and/or protected inlets are available . Sediment traps and basins
should be built to receive the anticipated runoff and sediments. A temporary
sediment basin in the location of the permanent stormwater facility makes efficient
use of space and simplifies future tasks. Perimeter controls and diversions must
be installed to keep sediments onsite and directed to the traps and basins . As
clearing and grading progresses , temporary seeding and mulching should follow
immediately for areas which will not be worked for a period of seven days or more .
Phase II
r
This phase is the interim phase of the project. The permanent stormwater
management system is constructed in conjunction with the other construction
activities. Before runoff is directed into it, the system must be properly stabilized .
Additionally it must be protected from sedimentation until completion of the project .
As the stormwater facilities are constructed , they should also be kept free of
sediments . Special care must be taken if stormwater ponds are used as temporary
sediment basins to ensure complete removal of accumulated sediments which
would reduce stormwater storage volume and cause premature clogging . If
possible , design and excavate the sediment basin bottom 6" to 12" ( 15 - 30 cm)
higher than the eventual pond bottom. Land disturbance should occur only in
areas which are being actively worked . Graded areas should be seeded and
mulched immediately if they will not be worked for a period of seven days or more .
A regular maintenance program should insure inspection and maintenance of
BMPs by the contractor weekly and/or after significant rain events . Any failures
should be analyzed to prevent recurrence . Substantial changes to the approved
plan must be made or reviewed by the designer and approved by the appropriate
regulatory agency.
Phase RI
This is the completed project. The entire stormwater management system should •
be built according to the approved plans . Substantial deviations from the plan may
require revisions by the design professional , reapproval by the regulatory agency, r
and/or reconstruction by the contractor. The system must also function as
designed and in compliance with applicable regulatory criteria . Any previously
unforeseen activities which could compromise the function or maintainability of the
system should be addressed immediately.
4-2 •
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
4 . 02 POLLUTION SOURCE CONTROLS ON CONSTRUCTION SITES
(SW BMP 2 , 04)
Definition
Minimizing nonpoint source pollution from construction sites through good management
and "housekeeping" techniques .
Purpose
To reduce the availability of construction-related pollutants which can contaminate runoff
water and , where runoff contamination cannot be avoided , to retain pollutants and polluted
water on the site .
Conditions Where Practice Applies
r
This practice applies to all construction projects . The level of planning and management
necessary to control nonpoint source pollution adequately is dependent upon the size and
complexity of the construction site .
Planning Considerations
r
Construction activities , by their nature , create many sources of potential pollutants which
can contaminate runoff and thereby affect the quality of downstream receiving waters .
Accelerated erosion and sedimentation caused by land-disturbing activities are the major
pollution problems caused by construction .
There are , however, many other potential pollutants associated with construction activities
such as gasoline , oils , grease , paints , cements , and solvents , to name only a few. Even
relatively non-toxic materials such as paper and cardboard can be classified as potential
r pollutants when they are washed into streams and lakes .
The best way to prevent nonpoint source pollution on construction sites is to use "good
,. housekeeping" practices , which usually entails simply maintaining the site in a neat and
orderly condition . Specific practices should be employed to retain runoff and to deal with
toxic substances and materials . An overall plan for the control of nonpoint source pollution
r is advisable so that control measures can be specified and implemented effectively.
Following are some elements which should be considered in nonpoint source pollution
control planning on a construction site :
1 ) Erosion and Sediment Controls
r
Practices which minimize erosion and retain sediment on site are effective in controlling
many other nonpoint source pollutants associated with construction activities as well .
„ Development and implementation of a good erosion and sediment control plan is a key
factor in controlling nonpoint source pollutants other than sediment on a construction site .
4-3
r
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
2) Equipment Maintenance and Repair
r
Maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment should be confined to
areas specifically designated for that purpose . Such areas should be located and
designed so that oils , gasoline , grease , solvents and other potential pollutants cannot be
washed directly into receiving streams , stormwater conveyance systems, or existing and
potential wellfields . These areas should be provided with adequate waste disposal
receptacles for liquid and solid wastes. Maintenance areas should be inspected and
cleaned daily.
On a construction site where designated equipment maintenance areas are not feasible ,
exceptional care should be taken during each individual repair or maintenance operation to
prevent potential pollutants from becoming available to be washed into streams or
conveyance systems . Temporary waste disposal receptacles should be provided and
emptied as required .
3) Storm Sewer Inlet Protection
Inlets to storm sewers should be protected by suitable filtering devices during construction
to keep pollutants from entering conveyance systems . See STORM DRAIN INLET
PROTECTION - Section 4 .08 (ES BMP 1 . 08) .
4) Waste Collection and Disposal
A plan should be formulated for the collection and disposal of waste materials on a
construction site . Such a plan should designate locations for trash and waste receptacles
and establish a specific collection schedule . Methods for ultimate disposal of waste should
be specified and carried out according to applicable local and state health and safety
regulations . Special provisions should be made for the collection , storage , and disposal of
liquid wastes and toxic or hazardous materials .
Receptacles and other waste collection areas should be kept neat and orderly to the extent ..
possible . Trash cans should have lids and dumpsters should have covers to prevent
rainwater from entering . Waste should not be allowed to overflow its container or
accumulate for excessively long periods of time . Trash collection points should be located
where they will least likely be affected by concentrated stormwater runoff.
5) Demolition Areas
Demolition projects usually generate large amounts of dust with significant concentrations
of heavy metals and other toxic pollutants . Dust control techniques should be used to limit
the transport of the airborne pollutants . However, water or slurry used to control dust
should be retained on the site and not be allowed to run directly into watercourses or
stormwater conveyance systems .
6) Washing Areas
Vehicles such as cement or dump trucks and other construction equipment should not be
washed at locations where the runoff will flow directly into a watercourse or stormwater
4-4 •
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
conveyance system . Special areas should be designated for washing vehicles . These
areas should be located where the wash water will spread out and evaporate or infiltrate
directly into the ground , or where the runoff can be collected in a temporary holding or
seepage basin . Wash areas should have gravel bases to minimize mud generation .
7) Storage of Construction Materials , Chemicals . Etc.
r
Sites where chemicals , cements , solvents , paints , orother potential water pollutants are to
be stored , should be isolated in areas where they will not cause runoff pollution . Toxic
r chemicals and materials, such as pesticides, paints, and acids, should be stored according
to manufacturers' guidelines . Overuse should be avoided and great care should be taken
to prevent accidental spillage . Containers should never be washed in or near flowing
r streams or stormwater conveyance systems. Groundwater resources should be protected
from leaching by placing a plastic mat, tar paper, or other impervious materials on any
areas where toxic liquids are to be opened and stored .
8) Sanitary Facilities
r All construction sites should be provided with adequate sanitary facilities for workers
according to applicable health regulations .
r 9) Dust Control
The use of calcium chloride, oils , or other chemical dust control agents on construction
r roads should be avoided . Periodic watering of these areas is a preferred alternative .
10) Dewatering
Many improvements such as underground utilities, foundations, and stormwater
management facilities require removal and disposal of water from excavations . A detailed
,. discussion of this practice follows in DEWATERING - Section 4 .40 .
•
r
4-5
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
This page left intentionally blank. r
r
r
i
i
r
r
r
r
i
4-6 •
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
4.03 TEMPORARY GRAVEL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE & EXIT
( ES BMP 1 . 01 )
Definition
A stone stabilized pad located at points of vehicular ingress and egress on a construction
site .
Purpose
To stabilize entrances to the construction site and reduce the amount of sediment
_ transported onto public roads by motor vehicles or runoff.
Conditions Where Practice Applies
Wherever traffic will be leaving a construction site and moving directly onto a public road or
other paved area .
" Planning Considerations
Construction entrances provide an area where mud can be removed from construction
•' vehicle tires before they enter a public road . If the action of the vehicle traveling over the
gravel pad is not sufficient to remove most of the mud , then the tires must be washed
before the vehicle enters a public road . If washing is used , provisions must be made to
intercept the wash water and trap the sediment before it is carried off-site . Construction
entrances should be used in conjunction with the stabilization of construction roads to
reduce the amount of mud picked up by construction vehicles .
Design Criteria
Aggregate Size
FDOT No . 1 Coarse Aggregate ( 1 . 5 - 3 . 5 inch stone) (4 - 9 cm) should be used . Wood
.. chips may be used for single family residential construction , provided that they can be
prevented from floating away in a storm .
Entrance Dimensions
The aggregate layer must beat least 6 inches ( 15 cm) thick. It must extend the full width of
the vehicular ingress and egress area . The length of the entrance must be at least 50 feet
(20 m) . The entrance must widen at its connection to the roadway in order to
accommodate the turning radius of large trucks . (See Plate 4 .03a)
4-7
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
r
PIVER51ON RIDGE REQUIRED
NWERE GRADE EXCEEDS 2%
2 % OR GREAT
EXISTING PAVED
ROADWAY
FILTER FABRIC
r
SECTION A - A
. . NOTE: .. . _
SPILLWAY USE SKN//DBA65, STRAW BALES
SEDIMENT BARRIER OR OTHER APPROVED METHODS �
(STRAW ' BALE TYPE 5HO"J) \ TO 14ANNELIZE RUNOFF TO BASIN
AS/REQUIRED.
SUPPLY WATER TO WASH
WHEELS IF NECE55ARY.
T I �
I O {O
> ti FLOW � [7FL�pO W
Q
C
CC A ° °o I A 2'3' COURSE° Z
AG6RE6ATE �•9 I
LU MIN. W THICK
~ DIVERSION RIDGE r
y
?C
W
50' MIN.
PLAN
NorEs:
I . THE ENTRANCE SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A 2. WHEN NECESSARY, riHEEL5 SHALL BE CLEANED
CONDITION THAT WILL PREVENT TRACKING OR PRIOR TO ENTRANCE ONTO PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY.
FLOWING OF SEDIMENT ONTO PUBLIC R16HT5- S. MEN WASHING 15 REWIRED, IT SHALL BE DONE
OF-WAY. THIS MAY REQUIRE TOP DRE551N6, ON AN AREA STABILIZED WITH CRUSHED STONE
R
REPAIR AND/OCLEANOUT OF ANY MEPSURES THAT DRAINS INTO AN APPROVED SEDIMENT TRAP
USED TO TRAP SEDIMENT. OR SEDIMENT BASIN. i
Plate 4.03a Temporary Gravel Construction Entrance
Source: Erosion Draw
r
4-8
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
r
Irl
rA '
Iyl
I I
r �
I I
;fo " on T,r/Yw iI Anne,
sonde ra own m' sro. Pun Y �xY< I]o-sa ;mxae.r. a I I I I I. -...1—�- Srp To Mao 1 ' ds
� A
I >I a� � I . I
, J
r 04 PP roes rJ
. est a for,
pk Tea. ;m W, em.aran m
. YZ r . D �. s . s5 a.. m,<J VV a
TRANSITIpY DETAIL t
wexentore, u u.n.
r
Mtn. C
RAM
Corpora
Per
11. I
Cwyara barswl oo,iry Or T<aaemy
son',. Poe
SECTION A-A *d x sea,:xd v At" - sro. z➢s
ee,ro a PM ea Dnme. RURAL CONNECTM
NOT TO SCALE STAN.
- LEA soa)AAL r1an. U m JW:m b to SMJmmIP. rt, .Nm Arm over brit, mf
P e" Trs1:ry hnm/:m Over , $TMJ fors yflanConserver e At ;renhowd p ayes me eaN<. when of Jediievn/ 01 or awa
yprms napWee bren ww;men rPr omen or rya f.m - .dTn< no bon Texed ro ea Jmr.n ANWhe Caron. ren w seen
M$WOrfjol Ven or Me Protest he yN:e row, none Went Jrxoin0 a rnN. AWN Jml/ be owes aunD ,o en,Me RrpA
aW mW offran;< JrM u ;No/Qw error ur me tmtlMlm
pmjor sen) N ATrnoo Mu a e PD. a ;ffrJ. IpJsa w oMe
auihw sea Anne ofd or nominee ro rrw, M sirxr .ernwar 6 To Jvon 00 won ,o STPD Jon one a 0.2i reno Are
r wen xrW to STM. a 1.0% mnm yen a" Are STPD V9 M M< Jn:nNro..
O im WnsrV Jo xxrote a mnyre ria >. MAW" In SIV:wu anew error" von ne IMPYRY
Ansffsomwer
r11=1010
AT i r en Jere" Area,
Tm<e W, a <+rNM'Vaf m a:o yrioy me e/ Me rexvr<nen, of Sm enna
wyarn m or F/Wxer prV ro .0 inn Yes M.
I ntv w; *:rise. xo{N. Of /eryN no Amok rm9 A. Tnf STPD ~he wA olor :n a eV wh%', /m, .nt NM 0
Yhq Her STM N STM egon ewnwe on) a
J way er one - onlxu n, em fm`oM fe *honMe ften"g. No 57P0 Ona
IeMdat.V me PoPOI , N ,a ax.Yw b " fraeaen. be rOW& stn AD ever 01110,nnece nor treenne Fens
e. Yg"Par" JMllo n a<n:a-M M Street, " e Am nml YI.Ly Wfre", PNnkesd VOW m,'s a1 no ru'aw Nne I,o;.o m M
apeyes tlY/m FWT SVf el. Amon stens wrosin s nv;;,o STM An At egrir<d re Anne me W vxeq
Ann UN oAnemre "eels efun Oren 4" Projwn no we wn sw'e. S. The ,mY pee JMI MtlLle fur/minim ry owaMarn.
M2 gpgah ray m aboMee mh -:n a of ,m Engem. meryuee. maYeenee a AerfnAa M e at
wed urs dm me sr", trues'.* An no AMNO m.romnrie
To Sterrett Ph Jlouq Vp:m . Jerenrsn nave N Yd CoroCorosensors.sensors. nr^Veey APe l i'vlr W MESS emn epAme{ Net'
S.
rt, o S er MM sew VenTy b ren an. rave. g nesse. own Mn.e r rmwmrs enrol/ nee error
Are, b STPO S West" rW rotor W Censor ones. to wlMrep Ann rIw;OFkJ. oa/eiA 'Wee m6:/iA/:m.
An noes vin pr:JrrM q:rowner eml "mea,me Ksosi. emf•. f;n;rq " ery,io or so, STPD
3'a SD . MV rw ase . MOra NANA tons. Fs:nS no oo.. /ay mArt
So
TY.. n
,SowJM m
riv. JP., stu o 04 for aemmrcry.
r a a STPD sewrep M4 tee y9ee ,n ;No Sorr Ty:M NwMise
O<r:ee Es. The ginner stn V a orosof STM U 6' r Wsennn
Plate 4.03b Soil Tracking Prevention Device enne,ion Yuen A em son. tr Me namr ar weerne me o:edr.
razes em f. a w'ewre STPD rat m sew, seem, a mot none
Source: FDOT Roadway and Traffie Design standards , AT r 57M la Wn. me We aronP nm„ m 2 for sem amt;m.
Plate 4.03b Soil Tracking Prevention Device
Source : FDOT Roadway and Traffic Design Standards
4-9
r
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
Washing
If conditions on the site are such that most of the mud is not removed by the vehicles
traveling over the gravel , then the tires of the vehicles must be washed before entering a
public road . Wash water must be carried away from the entrance to a settling area to `
remove sediment (See Plate 4 . 03b) . A wash rack may also be used to make washing
more convenient and effective (See Plate 4 .03c) .
r
Location
The entrance should be located to provide for maximum utility by all construction vehicles. `
Construction Specifications
r
The area of the entrance should be cleared of all vegetation , roots , and other objectionable
material . A geotextile should be laid down to improve stability and simplify maintenance .
The gravel shall then be placed over the geotextile to the specified dimensions .
Any drainage facilities required because of washing should be constructed according to
approved specifications . if wash racks are used , they should be installed according to
manufacturer's specifications .
Maintenance
The entrance shall be maintained in a condition which will prevent tracking or flow of mud
onto public rights-of-way. This may require periodic top dressing with 2-inch (5 cm) stone ,
as conditions demand , and repair and/or clean out of any structures used to trap
sediments . All materials spilled , dropped , washed , or tracked from vehicles onto roadways
or into storm drains must be removed immediately. Look for signs of trucks and trailered
equipment "cutting corners" where the gravel meets the roadway. Sweep the paved road
daily for sediments and stones .
A ffiw��
wn 1
r
r
r
r
a
Plate 4.03c Construction Entrance with Wash Rack
Source: 1983 Maryland Standards for Soil Erosion and Sediment Control
r
4-10
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
4. 04 CONSTRUCTION ROAD STABILIZATION
( ES BMP 1 . 02)
Definition
The temporary stabilization of access roads , subdivision roads , parking areas , and other
on-site vehicle transportation routes with stone immediately after grading .
Purposes
1 . To reduce the erosion and degradation of temporary roadbeds by construction
traffic, especially during wet weather.
2 . To reduce the erosion and minimize regrading of permanent roadbeds between the
time of initial grading and final stabilization .
Conditions Where Practice Applies
Wherever stone-base roads or parking areas are constructed , whether permanent or
temporary, for use by construction traffic.
Planning Considerations
Areas which are graded for construction vehicle transport and parking purposes are
especially susceptible to erosion . The exposed soil surface is continually disturbed ,
leaving no opportunity for vegetative stabilization . Such areas also tend to collect and
transport runoff waters along their surfaces . During wet weather, they often become
.. muddy quagmires which generate significant quantities of sediment that may pollute
nearby streams or be transported off-site on the wheels of construction vehicles. Dirt roads
can become so unstable during wet weather that they are virtually unusable .
Permanent roads and parking areas should be paved as soon as possible after grading .
However, it is understandable that funds for this purpose may not be available in the early
phases of the development project. As an alternative , the early application of stone may
solve potential erosion and stability problems and eliminate later regrading costs .
Immediate stabilization of such areas with stone may cost more money initially, but it may
actually save money over the life of the project by increasing the usefulness of the road
during wet weather. Some of the stone will also probably remain in place for use as part of
the final base course of the road , thereby offsetting the initial expenditure .
4-11
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
Specifications
Temporary Access Roads and Parking Areas
1 . Temporary roads shall follow the contour of the natural terrain to the extent `
possible . Slopes should not exceed 10 percent.
2 . Temporary parking areas should be located on naturally flat areas to minimize `
grading . Grades should be sufficient to provide drainage but should not exceed
4 percent. _
3 . Roadbeds shall be at least 14 feet (5 . 5 m) wide for one-way traffic and 20 feet
(8 m) wide for two-way traffic.
r
4 . All cuts and fills shall have side slopes that are stable for the particular soil.
Slopes of 2 : 1 or flatter are recommended for clay soils , and slopes of 3 : 1 or flatter
are recommended for sandy soils .
5 . Stormwater system shall be provided as needed and shall be designed and
constructed according to applicable regulations .
6 . The roadbed or parking surface shall be cleared of all vegetation , roots , and other
objectionable material .
7 . A 6 inch (15 cm) course of FDOT No . 1 aggregate shall be applied immediately
after grading or the completion of utility installation within the right-of-way. Filter
fabric may be applied to the roadbed for additional stability according to the
fabric manufacturer's specifications .
Permanent Roads and Parking Areas
Permanent roads and parking areas shall be designed and constructed according to r
applicable FDOT or local criteria except that an initial base course of gravel of at least 6
inches (15 cm) shall be applied immediately following grading.
r
Vegetation
All roadside ditches , cuts , fills and disturbed areas adjacent to parking areas and roads
shall be stabilized with appropriate temporary or permanent vegetation according to the
applicable vegetative practices contained in this handbook.
Maintenance
Both temporary and permanent roads and parking areas may require periodic top dressing
with new gravel . Seeded areas adjacent to the roads and parking areas should be
checked periodically to insure that a vigorous stand of vegetation is maintained . Roadside
ditches and other drainage structures should be checked regularly to insure that they do
not become clogged with silt or other debris .
r
4- 12
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
a 4, 05 STRAW BALE BARRIER
( ES BMP 1 , 05)
a Definition
A temporary sediment barrier consisting of a row of entrenched and anchored straw bales.
a
Purposes
a 1 . To intercept and detain small amounts of sediment from disturbed areas of limited
extent.
a 2 . To decrease the velocity of sheet flows and low-to-moderate level channel flows .
Conditions Where Practice Applies
1 . Below disturbed areas subject to sheet and rill erosion .
a 2 . Where the size of the drainage area is no greater than 1 /4 acre per 100 feet ( 1 .3
ha/100 m) of barrier length ; the maximum slope length behind the barrier is 100 feet
(30 m) ; and the maximum slope gradient behind the barrier is 50 percent (2: 1 ) .
a
3 . In minor swales or ditch lines where the maximum contributing drainage area is no
greater than 2 acres(0 . 8 ha) .
a
4 . Where effectiveness is required for less than 3 months .
a 5 . Under no circumstances should straw bale barriers be constructed in streams or in
swales where there is a possibility of a washout.
a Planninn Considerations
Improper use of straw bale barriers has been a major problem . Straw bale barriers have
a been used in streams and drainageways where high water velocities and volumes have
destroyed or impaired their effectiveness . Improper placement and installation of the
barriers , such as staking the bales directly to the ground with no soil seal or entrenchment,
a has allowed undercutting and end flow. This has resulted in additions instead of removal
of sediment from runoff waters. Finally, inadequate maintenance lowers the effectiveness
of these barriers . Trapping efficiencies of carefully installed straw bale barriers on one
�. project in Virginia dropped from 57 percent to 16 percent in one month due to lack of
maintenance .
There are serious questions about the continued use of straw bale barriers as they are
presently installed and maintained . Averaging approximately $3 to $6 per linear foot
installed ($ 10 to $20 / m) the thousands of straw bale barriers used annually in Florida
a represent sufficient expense that optimum installation procedures should be emphasized .
If such procedures are carefully followed , straw bale barriers can be quite effective .
a 4- 13
a
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
r
an
7 MOTE: Spo:irps shone in tura mart we nee FLOW RATES ( CFS ) �
generalized mMitiass We should M WIUSrea Very Light < S
aside an adsof site pe/fors ar hyamuoin Light > 5 < a
moufations.
Mwerare > p < l5
Hurry > 15 < 25
Very Hurry > 25 < M
6 (EDEND
li FloSOILS
1
Soils Cohesive Non - Cohesive
si
Firm loam Fine Sold
Clay Sands Caw ss Sone
5 Clays Gavels
�N Nvapons Sandy Loom
Sin loom
4
i
O L �
N r
3 4 0ey
y C °4
6
le `s
C�oa/`a /�
2 s
NepY ` say
Co
---- ` Consider Use Y
rempawy spa
I -
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Spacing ( 1n Feel )
r
CHART I
RECOMMENDED SPACING FOR TYPE I AND TYPE H HAY BALE BARRIERS, AND TYPE 1USILT FENCES
r
a
Plate 4.05a FDOT Standard Index 102 , Chart 1
Source: FDOT Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook
r
4-14
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Staked and Entrenched
Binding Wire Straw Bale
or Twine
Compacted Soil to
Prevent Piping
Fiftered Runoff 1 I Sediment Laden
Runoff
r : e.::✓. . •q pi
i
hi Ill
I�I �i II I I
Properly Installed Straw Bale
r
(Cross-Section)
t . Excavate the Trench 2. Place and Stake Straw Bales
Angle First Stake
Toward Previously
Laid Bale
~
77-
Flow
Bale
Width
4. Bacxfill and Compact the
3. Wedge Loose Straw Between Between Bales Excavated Soil
s Construction of Straw Bale Barrier
Plate 4.05b Construction of a Straw Bale Barrier
Source: NRCS
4- 15
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
r
BALES MET BE TIGfrLY rx 2' STPOZ
ABJTTIN6 VITH N3 GAPS
J
ew�F
*13ETVEEN
LMSE ST
RAV
BALES
21111I=ul 4 D40-ES RX
rr
TVAE/VIRE
1. EXCAVATE TFE TRENCH 2. PLACE AND STAKE STRAW BALES r,
r
BOOTIL
L
MATIDUALr
— 11 I=F
r
3. BACKFILL AND COMPACT EXCAVATED SOIL
r
STA® AND ENIRQNDJ D 50 LB I'x a VC13D STAKE
WOPiSD@14TE] SiRAV BALE r
TVDE_/VM
MPACTED SOB_ M
PFEVW PIPMi
SEDJTENT LACEN RIFF
FILTERED SSEEPNE
91x amaxmx 4 INNN
Id 1 Id A��V ai �
Im
,g 124
6 Mfs ROau. Im &INU 12, r
CROSS -SECTION OF A PROPERLY INSTALLED STRAW BALE r
Plate 4.05c Installation of Straw Bales
Source: HydroDynamics , Inc.
r
4-16
r
i
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
i
Design Criteria
w A formal design is not required for many small projects and for minor or incidental
applications . For larger projects refer to Figure 4 . 05a (FDOT Standard Index 102, Chart 1 )
for guidance on recommended spacing .
w
Construction Specifications
.. Sheet Flow Applications
1 . Bales shall be placed in a single row, lengthwise on the contour, with ends of
i adjacent bales tightly abutting each other.
2 . All bales shall be either wire-bound or string-tied . Straw bales shall be installed so
that bindings are oriented around the sides rather than along the tops and
bottoms of the bales (in order to prevent deterioration of the bindings) . (See Plate
4 . 05b)
3 . The barrier shall be entrenched and backfilled . A trench shall be excavated the
width of a bale and the length of the proposed barrier to a minimum depth of 4
inches ( 10 cm) . After the bales are staked and chinked , the excavated soil shall be
backfilled against the barrier. Backfill soil shall conform to the ground level on the
downhill side and shall be built up to 4 inches ( 10 cm) against the uphill side of the
i barrier (See Plate 4 . 05c)
4 . Each bale shall be securely anchored by at least two 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
minimum wooden stakes or two #5 ( 16 mm) minimum rebars at least 3 feet (0 .9 m)
i driven through the bale . The first stake in each bale shall be driven toward the
previously laid bale to force the bales together. Stakes or rebars shall be driven
deep enough into the ground to securely anchor the bales. Straw bale barriers
i placed on paved surfaces may be secured by placing heavy sand bags on top,
and/or by bracing with 2 x 4's (5 x 10 cm) . (See Plate 4 . 05d)
5 . The gaps between bales shall be chinked (filled by wedging) with straw to prevent
water from escaping between the bales. (See Plate 4 . 05b) loose straw
scattered over the area immediately uphill from a straw bale barrier tends to
" increase barrier efficiency .
6 . When bales are installed at the toe of a slope , they should be placed away from the
slope for increased storage capacity. (See Plate 4 .05e)
7 . Inspection shall be frequent and repair or replacement shall be made promptly as
needed .
8 . Straw bale barriers shall be removed when they have served their usefulness , but
" not before the upslope areas have been permanently stabilized .
+� 4-17
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual -
EMBED STRAW -�
U BALE 4' MIN.
2,\ ` INTO SOIL.
1 SECTION A - A -
v
ANGLE STAKE TOWARD
PREViOUS BALE TO
A PROVIOE TIGHT FITpw -
-
�//� // / // / / / // / / / / /i /
A -
SECTION B - B WOODEN STAKE
OR REBAR DRIVEN
THROUGH BALE. - a
3� Mj 3
I11 0
o� U. 4 r
o n
PLAN
NOTES:
I . THE STRAW 5ALE5 SHALL 5E PLACED r
ON SLOPE CONTOUR.
2. BALES TO BE PLACED IN A ROW WITH THE
END5 TIGHTLY ABUTTING. USE 5TRAW, ROCKS, r
Plate 4.05d Straw Bale Barrier OR FILTER FABRIC TO FILL GAPS BETWEEN THE
$ALES AND TAMP THE BACKFILL MATERIAL TO
Source: Erosion Draw PREVENT EROSION OR FLOW AROUND BALES.
r
a
Plate 4.05d Straw Bale Barrier
Source: Erosion Draw
4-18 a
dw
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Channel Flow Applications
1 . Bales shall be placed in a single row, lengthwise , oriented perpendicular to the
contour, with ends of adjacent bales tightly abutting each other.
2 . The remaining steps for installing a straw bale barrier for sheet flow applications
apply here, with the following addition .
+
3 . The barrier shall be extended to such a length that the bottoms of the end bales are
higher in elevation than the top of the lowest middle bale to assure that sediment-
laden runoff will flow either through or over the barrier, but not around it . (See Plate
4 . 05f
+ Maintenance
1 . Straw bale barriers shall be inspected immediately after each rainfall and at least
.. daily during prolonged rainfall .
2 . Close attention shall be paid to the repair of damaged bales , end runs and
+ undercutting beneath bales .
3 . Necessary repairs to barriers or replacement of bales shall be accomplished
promptly.
4 . Sediment deposits should be removed after each rainfall . They must be removed
+ when the level of deposition reaches approximately one-half the height of the
barrier.
5 . Any sediment deposits remaining in place after the straw bale barrier is no longer
required shall be dressed to conform to the existing grade , prepared , and seeded .
—n I
nl
.I =
=m
I 'n i
m= ' m
i ' I
nl
I nl I II I
III 11 111 III Id III III I
i
Sts ]9S3 xrrm��K�xs.
Plate 4. 05e Proper Placement of Straw Bales at the Toe of a Slope
Source: HydroDynamics, Inc.
4-19
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's rMvlanual •
r
A 4"9A
8 r
1
1 Ti
� r
� v
r
Points A Should be Higher than Point B
r
PROPER PLACEMENT OF STRAW BALE BARRIER IN DRAINAGE WAY
r
Plate 4.051' Proper Placement of Straw Bale Barrier in a Drainage Way r
Source: Installation of Straw and Fabric Filter Barriers for Sediment Control, Sherwood and Wyant
■
4-20
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
4 . 06 SILT FENCE
( ES BMP 1 .06)
Definition
A temporary sediment barrier consisting of a filter fabric stretched across and attached to
supporting posts and entrenched . There are two types . The silt fence is a temporary linear
filter barrier constructed of synthetic filter fabric, posts , and , depending upon the strength of
the fabric used , wire fence for support. The filter barrier is constructed of stakes and
burlap or synthetic filter fabric.
Purposes
1 . To intercept and detain small amounts of sediment from disturbed areas during
construction operations .
2 . To decrease the velocity of sheet flows and low-to-moderate level channel flows .
Conditions When Practice Applies
1 . Below disturbed areas where erosion would occur in the form of sheet and rill
erosion .
2 . Where the size of the drainage area is no more than 1 /4 acre per 100 feet (1 . 3 ha
1100 m) of silt fence length ; the maximum slope length behind the barrier is 100
feet (30 m) ; and the maximum gradient behind the barrier is 50 percent (2 : 1 ) .
• 3 . In minor swales or ditch lines where the maximum contributing drainage area is no
greater than 2 acres (0. 8 ha) .
++ 4 . Under no circumstances should silt fences be constructed in live streams or in
swales or ditch lines where flows are likely to exceed one cubic foot per second
(cfs) (0 . 03 m3 / sec.). See Design Criteria for further clarification .
Planning Considerations
.. Silt fences can trap a much higher percentage of suspended sediments than can straw
bales and may be preferable to straw barriers in many cases . While the failure rate of silt
fences is lower than that of straw barriers , this failure rate is still due mainly to improper
installation . The most effective application is to install two parallel silt fences spaced a
minimum of three feet apart. The installation and maintenance methods outlined here can
improve performance .
Filter barriers are inexpensive structures composed of burlap orstandard weight synthetic
filter fabric stapled to wooden stakes . Flow rates through burlap filter barriers are slightly
slower and filtering efficiency is significantly higher than for straw bale barriers .
4-21
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual •
FLOW RATES ( CFS )
7 MITE: SewMgs sholan is We wars we based an
gmeraliied assail " wq sMuro U •livsled Very Li9el ' S
Insed on mal site Oerforptle Or 0ymmunc lglll > 5 < lI
cpyuNliws.
madnale a p e I5
Hwy > b < p5
Very Heavy > 25 < e0
6
1 LEGEND
r� SOLS
Sells
Cohesive- non - Cohesive
i
Firm Loam Flna Sano
111 Clay sands Course Sand
5 Clays Gro.eis —
1 I Haraoans Sandy Loom
Silt Loam
y1`
u 4 _. . . _
Is >$p
o
N
3 q ei
Te .cwya `• • �
-%eT,e °He,
opq
2
co
�6jve
_ _ - - Consider useW
regaorer sad
1 �
■
50 l00 f50 200 250 300 350 40D
Spacing IIn Feet
w
CHART I
RECOMMENDED SPACING FOR TYPE I AND TYPE II HAY BALE BARRIERS. AND TYPE III SILT FENCES
Plate 4.06a FDOT Standard Index 102 , Chart 1
Source: FDOT Roadway and Traffic Design Standards
4-22 •
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
i Silt fences composed of a wire support fence and an attached synthetic filter fabric slow
the flow rate significantly but have a higher filtering efficiency than burlap . Both woven and
non-woven synthetic fabrics are commercially available . The woven fabrics generally
i display higher strength than the non-woven fabrics . When tested under acid and alkaline
water conditions , most of the woven fabrics increase in strength . There are a variety of
reactions among the non-woven fabrics . The same is true of testing under extensive
i ultraviolet radiation . Permeability rates vary regardless of fabric type . While all of the
fabrics demonstrate very high filtering efficiencies for sandy sediments , there is
considerable variation among both woven and non-woven fabrics when filtering the finer silt
i and clay particles .
Design Criteria
i
1 . No formal design is required for many small projects and for minor and incidental
applications . For channel flow applications refer to FDOT Standard Index 102 ,
i Chart 1 (Plate 4. 066) for guidance on recommended spacing .
2 . Filter barriers shall have an expected usable life of 3 months . They are applicable
in ditch lines , around drop inlets, and at temporary locations where continuous
construction changes the earth contour and runoff characteristics and where low or
moderate flows (not exceeding 1 cfs) (0 .03 m3 / sec.) are expected .
3 . Silt fences, because they have much lower permeability than burlap filter barriers,
have their applicability limited to situations in which only sheet or overland flows are
expected . They normally cannot filter the volumes of water generated by channel
flows , and many fabrics do not have sufficient structural strength to support the
weight of water ponded behind the fence line. Their expected usable life is 6
r months .
Construction Specifications
i
Materials
1 . Synthetic filter fabric shall be a pervious sheet of propylene , nylon , polyester, or
polyethylene yarn . Synthetic filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and
stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life
r at a temperature range of 0° F to 120° F (- 17C to 49C) .
2 . Burlap shall be 10 ounces per square yard (340 g/m2) fabric.
i 3 . Posts for silt fences shall be either 4 inch ( 10 cm) diameter wood , or 1 . 33 pounds
per linear foot (2 kg/m) steel with a minimum length of 5 feet ( 1 . 5 m) . Steel posts
shall have projections for fastening wire to them .
4 . Stakes for filter barriers shall be 1 " x 2" (2 . 5 x 5 cm) wood (preferred) , or equivalent
metal with a minimum length of 3 feet (90 cm).
4-23
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
r
1 . Set Stakes 2. Excavate a 4" X 4" Trench
Upslope Along the Line of Stakes
r
Max
IUI
soFlow
Ill 111 � ' va
4'
3. Staple Filter Material to Stakes 4. Backfill and Compact the
and Extend it into the Trench Excavated Soil
�~ VIII Jill `
Gam✓ �r G=<�
Flow
III " '• - III � ,..
Sheet Flow Installation r
(Perspective View) _
r
I I
I I
A I FB I s rn A
Flow 1
Points A Should be Higher than Point 8 - r
Drainageway Installation
(Front Elevation)
r
Plate 4.06b Construction of a Filter Barrier
Source: NRCS
r
4-24
•
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
5 . Wire fence reinforcement for silt fences using standard strength filter cloth shall be
a minimum of 36 inches (90 cm) in height, a minimum of 14 gauge and shall have
a maximum mesh spacing of 6 inches (15 cm) .
Sheet Flow Applications : Filter Barrier
This sediment barrier may be constructed using burlap or standard strength syntheticfilter
fabric. It is designed for low or moderate flows not exceeding 1 cfs . (0.03 m3 / sec.) . (See
Plate 4 . 06b)
1 . The height of a filter barrier shall be a minimum of 15 inches (38 cm) and shall not
exceed 18 inches (45 cm) .
r
2 . Burlap or standard strength synthetic filter fabric shall be purchased in a continuous
roll and cut to the length of the barrier to avoid the use of joints (and thus improve
the strength and efficiency of the barrier) .
3 . The stakes shall be spaced a maximum of 3 feet (90 cm) apart at the barrier
location and driven securely into the ground a minimum of 8 inches (20 cm) .
4 . A trench shall be excavated approximately 4 inches ( 10 cm) wide and 4 inches ( 10
cm) deep along the line of stakes and upslope from the barrier.
5 . The filter material shall be stapled to the wooden stakes , and 8 inches (20 cm) of
the fabric shall be extended into the trench . Heavy duty wire staples at least 1 /2
inch ( 13 mm) long , hog rings , or tie wire shall be used . Filter material shall not be
stapled to existing trees .
6 . The trench shall be backfilled and the soil compacted over the filter material.
7. Filter barriers shall be removed when they have served their useful purpose, but not
before the upslope area has been permanently stabilized .
r
Sheet Flow Application : Silt Fence
This sediment barrier uses standard strength or extra strength synthetic filter fabrics . It is
designed for situations in which only sheet or overland flows are expected . (See Plate
4. 06d )
1 . The height of a silt fence shall not exceed 36 inches (90 cm). Higher fences may
impound volumes of water sufficient to cause failure of the structure .
2 . The filter fabric shall be purchased in a continuous roll cut to the length of the
' barrier to avoid the use of joints . When joints are necessary, filter cloth shall be
spliced as described in item No . 8 below.
• 4-25
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control InspectorsManual
3' rttfn -
•
Staked and Trenched _
5itt Fence Wfre Reinforced '•
StaVed and Trenched
Silt Fence
Surface K off
T�
DOUBLE ROW STAKED SILT FENCE
NTS
•
Plate 4.06c Double Row Staked Silt Fence
Source: Reedy Creek Improvement District
3 . Posts shall be spaced a maximum of 10 feet (3 m) apart at the barrier location and
driven securely into the ground a minimum of 12 inches (30 cm) . When extra
strength fabric is used without the wire support fence, post spacing shall not exceed
6 feet ( 1 .8 m) .
4 . A trench shall be excavated approximately 4 inches ( 10 cm) wide and 4 inches (10
cm) deep along the line of posts and upslope from the barrier.
5 . When standard strength filter fabric is used , a wire mesh support fence shall be
fastened securely to the upslope side of the posts using heavy duty wire staples at `
least 1 inch (25 mm) long , tie wires , or hog rings. The wire shall extend into the
trench a minimum of 2 inches (5 cm) and shall not extend more than 36 inches
(90 cm) above the original ground surface .
6 . The standard strength filter fabric shall be stapled or wired to the fence , and 8
inches (20 cm) of the fabric shall be extended into the trench . The fabric shall not •
extend more than 36 inches (90 cm) above the original ground surface .
■
4-26
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
7 . When extra strength filter fabric and closer post spacing are used , the wire mesh
support fence may be eliminated . In such a case , the filter fabric is stapled or
wired directly to the posts with all other provisions of item No . 6 applying .
8 . When attaching two silt fences together, place the end post of the second fence
inside the end post of the first fence. Rotate both posts at least 180 degrees on a
clockwise direction to create a tight seal with the filter fabric. Drive both posts into
the ground and bury the flap . (See Plate 4 . 06g)
w. 9 . The trench shall be backfilled and the soil compacted over the filter fabric.
10 . The most effective application consists of a double row of silt fences spaced a
r minimum of three feet apart. The three foot separation is so that if the first row
collapses it will not fall on the second row. Wire or synthetic mesh is may be used
to reinforce the first row. (See Plate 4 .06c)
11 . When used to control sediments from a steep slope , silt fences should be placed
away from the toe of the slope for increased holding capacity. (See Plate 4.06f)
12 . Silt fences shall be removed when they have served their useful purpose, but not
before the upslope area has been permanently stabilized .
Channel Flow Applications
.. 1 . If a filter barrier is to be constructed across a ditch line or swale , the barrier shall of
sufficient length such that the bottom of the end sections of fence are higher in
elevation than the top of the center section to eliminate end flow. . The plan
w configuration shall resemble an arc or horseshoe with the ends oriented upslope .
(See Plate 4 . 06b) .
2. Use FDOT Standard Index 102 , Chart 1 (Plate 4 .06a) as a guide for spacing .
3. The remaining steps for installing a filter barrier for sheet flow applications apply
here.
Maintenance
1 . Silt fences and filter barriers shall be inspected immediately after each rainfall and
at least daily during prolonged rainfall. Any required repairs shall be made
immediately.
2 . Should the fabric on a silt fence or filter barrier decompose or become ineffective
before the end of the expected usable life and the barrier still be necessary, the
fabric shall be replaced promptly.
3 . Sediment deposits should be removed after each storm event. They must be
removed when deposits reach approximately one-half the height of the barrier.
4-27
w
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
r
FILTER FABRIC
MATERIAL
SPACING OF POSTS
TO BE 6-I0 FEET APART
2 FEET
01IP0 •
FOR ADDITIONAL STRENGTH.
Id ; FILTER FABRIC MATERIAL CAN
=11I BACKFILLED TRENCH BE ATTACHED TO A 6-INCH (MAX)
_ I I10 IIS= MESH WIRE SCREEN VHICH HAS ■I
I i l I BEEN FASTENED TO THE POSTS
FATOn � IFASTQED -E P � iM ATTACHING TWO SILT FENCES r
T - VISE HEST
APWRO)OMTELY 0 DOES ff FILTER
STEEL POST - FABRIC MATEROM. MST DaDC PLACE nE ETD PWT ■
INTO A Till MID BE HCCM OF TE SEIDO FENT
VITH @•PAGE= BADTILL MIEWL PMOE T E DO PWT
CF T£ FFST FETA
r Rt6F ■
ROTATE SIM PCSfS AT
aur 1® � H A
Iy Fi la 4 CLCC S- MATE A TGfT SEAL
J ' VTM TI£ FAMC MTEFtA
r � I 11 IN
R1 MP9PWTE 4-PJ54 RBS CP Ri6F WI66
BY 4-DL37 TRDCH
;N i, MVE 9 T POSTS 'IDJT
EIGHT Aro BFT FLM
r
Plate 4.06d Installing a Filter Fabric Silt Fence
Source : HydroDynamics , Inc.
4-28 r
r
IM
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
r
EXTRA STRENGTH FILTER FABRIC
NEEDED WITHOUT WIRE MESH 5UPPORT
r
STEEL OR
r WOOD POSTPP
FLOW
FLOW--��— 10 Pr MAX SPACINS WITH
WIRE SUPPORT FENCE
b FT MAX 5PACIN& WITHOUT
WIRE SUPPORT FENCE
r
PONDING HT. PONDING HT.
IIIIIIIr
STEL OR FILTER FABRIC
WOOD POST ATTACH SECURELY
5W HIGH MAX TO UPSTREAM
SIDE OF POST.
r RUNOFF RUNOFF
�— �ORAM6ENIHED) ~—
8
Mca"r
V 120 MIN. 12" MIN.
. . . 40 TRENCH VEL
WITH COMPACTED
BACKFILL
r .
STANDARD DETAIL ALTERNATE DETAIL
r TRENCH WITH NATIVE BACKFILL TRENCH WITH GRAVEL
NOTE:
I . INSPECT AND REPAIR FENCE AFTER EACH
STORM EVENT AND REMOVE SEDIMENT WHEN
r NEG£SSARY.
2. REMOVED SEDIMENT SHALL BE DEPOSITED
TO AN AREA THAT WILL NOT CONTRIBUTE
SEDIMENT OFF-5I AND GAN BE PERMANENTLY
STABILIZED.
3. SILT FENCE SHALL BE PLACED ON SLOPE
CONTOURS TO MAXIMIZE PONDING EFFICIENCY.
r
Plate 4.06e Silt Fence
Source: Erosion Draw
r
4-29
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
4 . Any sediment deposits remaining in place after the silt fence or filter barrier is no •
longer required shall be dressed to conform with the existing grade , prepared , and
seeded .
•
w
I1
1 — r
- 111 1- •
1
w
Plate 4.06f Proper Placement of a Silt Fence at the Toe of a Slope
Source: HydroDynamics, Inc •
w
Place the end post •
of the second fence
-------------
inside the end post
of the first fence
Rotate both post at
least 160 degrees in a
dockwise direction to
create a tight seal with
the fabric material
Direction of Runoff Waters Drive both post about
y y 10 inches into the
ground and bury flap
Plate 4.06g Attaching Two Silt Fences
Source: HydroDynamics, lnc.
4-30 ■
■
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
• 4. 07 BRUSH BARRIER
( ES BMP 1 .07)
' Definition
A temporary sediment barrier constructed at the perimeter of a disturbed area from the
' residue materials available from clearing and grubbing the site .
Purpose
To intercept and retain sediment from disturbed areas of limited extent, preventing
sediment from leaving the site .
Conditions Where Practice Applies
Below disturbed areas subject to sheet and rill erosion , where enough residue material is
available for construction of such a barrier.
Planning Considerations
Organic litter and spoil material from site clearing operations is usually burned or hauled
away to be dumped elsewhere . Much of this material can be used effectively on the
construction site itself. During clearing and grubbing operations , equipment can push or
dump the mixture of limbs , small vegetation and root mat along with minor amounts of soil
+ and rock into windrows along the toe of a slope where erosion and accelerated runoff are
expected . Anchoring a filter fabric over the berm enhances the filtration ability of the
barrier. Because brush barriers are fairly stable and composed of natural materials ,
• maintenance requirements are small .
Design Criteria
A formal design is not required .
Construction Specifications
1 . The height of a brush barrier shall be a minimum of 3 feet (90 cm) .
2 . The width of a brush barrier shall be a minimum of 5 feet ( 1 . 5 m) at its base . (The
sizes of brush barriers may vary considerably based upon the amount of material
+. available and the judgment of the design engineer.)
3 . The barrier shall be constructed by piling brush , stone , root mat and other material
from the clearing process into a mounded row on the contour.
If a filter fabric is used (Plate 4.07a) :
4 . The filter fabric shall be cut into lengths sufficient to lay across the barrier from its
upslope base to just beyond its peak. Where joints are necessary, the fabric shall
4-31
II 11— iI111 —
� .
II=11
—11= =11=11=. =.11=11PIf=11.
-u�+�� i '� 1111E 1.111 II III II j • ! !
1 • • • • - • Ilona IR-71 • •
+ Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
4. 08 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION
(ES BMP 1 . 08 )
Definition
A sediment filter or an excavated impounding area around a storm drain drop inlet or curb
inlet.
Purpose
i
To prevent sediment from entering storm water conveyance systems prior to permanent
stabilization of the disturbed area .
r
Condition Where Practice Applies
Where storm drain inlets are to be made operational before permanent stabilization of the
disturbed drainage area . Different types of structures are applicable to different conditions
(see Plates 4 . 08a through 4. 08h) .
i
Planning Considerations
i Storm sewers which are made operational before their drainage area is stabilized can
convey large amounts of sediment to receiving waters . In case of extreme sediment
loading , the storm sewer itself may clog and lose most of its capacity. To avoid these
+ problems, it is necessary to prevent sediment from entering the system at the inlets .
This section contains several types of inlet filters and traps which have different
+ applications dependent upon site conditions and type of inlet. Other innovative techniques
for accomplishing the same purpose are encouraged , but only after specific plans and
details are submitted to and approved by the stormwater permitting agency.
Note that these various inlet protection devices are for drainage areas of less than one
acre (0 .4 ha) . Runoff from large disturbed areas should be routed through a TEMPORARY
.. SEDIMENT TRAP - Section 4.25 ( ES BMP 1 .25) .
Design Criteria
w
1 . The drainage area shall be no greater than 1 acre (0 .4 ha) .
2 . The inlet protection device shall be constructed to facilitate clean out and disposal
of trapped sediment and to minimize interference with construction activities.
i 3 . The inlet protection devices shall be constructed so that any resultant ponding or
stormwaterwill not cause excessive inconvenience ordamage to adjacent areas or
structures .
4 . Design criteria more specificto each particular inlet protection devices will be found
on Plates 4 .08a-h .
w
4-33
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual •
r
i
Drop Inlet
with Grate
Compacted Soil Staked
0 0 ' a • o ,. . a to Prevent Piping Straw Bale
0
- 13-
Runoff
Runoff WateI Filtered
G o with Sedimen Water
Straw Bales
Staked with 2
Stakes Per Bale
Specific Application
•
This method of inlet protertion is applicable where the inlet
drains a relatively flat area ( slopes no greater than 5 percent ) where
sheet or overland flows ( not exceeding 0 . 5 cfs ) are typical . - The
method shall not apply to inlets receiving concentrated flows , such
as in street or highway medians .
Plate 4.08a Straw Bale Drop Inlet Sediment Filter `
Source: Michigan Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Guidebook
4-34
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
" STRAW BALES ARE TO BE PLACED 4 INCHES
IN THE SOIL. TIGHTLY ABUTTING WITH NO
GAPS. STAKED AND BACKFILLED AROUND THE
ENTIRE OUTSIDE PERIMETER
A
r /
a
a
AREA INLET
A
WITH GRATE
OVERFLOW
RUNJ
del I Id I dl�idb
;�IIzY � IY 1=1 n11=Nt
m-u�u-u-u -•
FFLTERED WATER
SECTION AA
NOTE STRAW BALE FILTERS ARE NOT TO BE USED IF ADJACENT AREA TO
INLET IS PAVED
Plate 4.08b Straw Bale Filter for Area Inlet
Source: HydroDynamics, Inc.
4-35
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual -
-
A
WOOD BTAKCS OR •o a e• - -
METAL REBAR. 6 o•K•°�• STRAW 5ALE5
o TIGHTLY STACKED OR
o as a Oa°q OFFSET CORNERS
°b? AS 5HOWKWill -
I�IIIIIIIE
DRAIN
&PRATE v
° 9 GRAVEL
• ' o :o O e BACKFILL -
e
// �aa.00 0 • Oa
LESS THAN "
5% SLOPE A r
PLAN VIEW
-
— — PONDIN&P HEIGHT BTRAW - GRAVEL
BALES BACKFILL
-
DROP \ EMBED STRAW
/ INLET BALE 4" MIN. -
U INTO SOIL.
SECTION A=A -
NOTES&
I. DROP INLET SEDIMENT BARRIERS ARE TO s. THE TOP OF THE sTRUGTURE (PONDING I'EI&PHT)
BE USED FOR SMALL. NEARLY LEVEL DRAINAGE MIST BE HELL BELOW THE GROUND ELEVATION
AREAS. (LESS THAN 5%) DOWNSLOPE TO PREVENT RUNOFF FROM 3Y-
2. EMBED THE BALES 4' INTO TFE 501L AND - PASSING THE INLET. EXCAVATION OF A BASIN
OFFSET COFJZR5 OR PLACE BALES WITH ENDS ADJACENT TO THE DROP INLET OR A TEMP- �
BACKFILL KILL ORARY PIKE ON THE POK45LOPE Or
PREVENT EROSION OR FLOW AROU . THE BALES. STRUCTURE MAY BE NECESSARY. THE
ND
Plate 4.08c Straw Bale and Gravel Drop Inlet Sediment Barrier -
Source: Erosion Draw
r
4-36
,t
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
" Construction Specifications
Straw bale drop inlet filter
r
1 . Bales shall be either wire-bound or string-tied with the bindings oriented around the
sides rather than over and under the bales.
a
2 . Bales shall be placed lengthwise in a single row surrounding the inlet, with the
ends of adjacent bales pressed together. (See Plate 4 . 08a)
i
3 . The filter barrier shall be entrenched and backfilled . A trench shall be excavated
around the inlet the width of a bale to a minimum depth of 4 inches ( 10 cm) . After
the bales are staked , the excavated soil shall be backfilled and compacted against
the filter barrier. (See Plate 4 .08b)
4 . Each bale shall be securely anchored and held in place by at least two stakes or
rebars (See p . 4-17) driven through the bale .
r 5 . Loose straw should be wedged between bales to prevent water from entering
between bales .
r 6 . Gravel may be spread around the bales to improve stability. (See Plate 4. 08c)
Fabric drop inlet sediment filter
r
1 . Fabric shall be cut from a continuous roll to avoid joints .
r 2 . Stakes shall be 2" x 4" (5 cm x 10 cm) wood (preferred) or equivalent metal with a
minimum length of 3 feet (90 cm) . (See Plate 4 . 08d)
3 . Staples shall be of heavy duty wire at least 1 /2-inch ( 13 mm) long .
4 . Stakes shall be spaced around the perimeter of the inlet a maximum of 3 feet (90
cm) apart and securely driven into the ground minimum of 8 inches (20 cm) . A
frame of 2" x 4" (5 cm x 10 cm) wood shall be constructed around the top of the
stakes for proper stability.
r
5 . A trench shall be excavated approximately 4 inches (10 cm) wide and 4 inches ( 10
cm) deep around the outside perimeter of the stakes. (See Plate 4 . 08e)
r 6 . The burlap shall be stapled to the wooden stakes , and 8 inches (20 cm) of the fabric
shall be extended into the trench . The height of the filter barrier shall be a minimum
of 15 inches (38 cm) and shall not exceed 18 inches (45 cm) .
7 . The trench shall be backfilled and the soil compacted over the burlap .
4-37
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
A
fCo�y,�
DRAIN
GRATE LD
TRKLOT- r
5�y1-OPE
r
A
PLAN VIEW
ATTACH FILTER FABRIC
SECURILY TO 2X4 WOOD TOP FRAME NECESSARY
FRAME, OVERLAPPING FOR STABILITY
FABRIC TO NEXT STAKE
� POhIDIN6 HT. r
IW MAX 2x4 WOOD FRAME r
4 SIDES OF D.I .
36° MAX
12• MIN / / ■
DROP �
■
SECTION A-A
NOTES,
I. DROP INLET SEDIMENT BARRIERS ARE TO Be 4. THE TOP OF THE FRAME (PONDING HEIGHT)
USED FOR SMALL, NEARLY LEVEL DRAINAGE MJST BE HELL BELOW THE GROUND ELEVATION
AREAS, (LESS THAN 5%) DOWNSLOPE TO PREVENT RUNOFF FROM BY-
2. USE 2X4 WOOD OR EQUIVALENT METAL STAKES, PASSING THE INLET. A TEMPORARY DIKE MAY ■
(3 FT. MIN. LENGTH) BE NECESSARY ON THE vorNSLOPE SIDE OF
S. INSTALL 2X4 WOOD TOP FRAME TO INSURE THE .STRUCTURE.
STABILITY,
Plate 4.08d Silt Fence Drop Inlet Sediment Barrier 1
Source: Erosion Draw
4-38 ,
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
s
2 X 40 VOOD FRAME DROP INLET
s WITH GRATE
FRAME
� 7.5' MAx.
� S�
/�_ 3' MIN.
s I I I I GATHER
gTOCORNERS
Perspective Yews
STAKE
r
FABRIC -- r-
s
k_\I1 I 1
lIl . l' MIN.
Elevation of Stake and
Fabric Orientation Detail A
pacific Application
This method of inlet protection is applicable where the inlet drain's a relatively flat area (slope no greater
s than 5%) where the inlet sheet or overland flows (not exceeding I c.f.s.) are typical. The method shall not
apply to inlets receiving concentrated flows, such as in street or highway medians.
i
Plate 4. 08e Filter Fabric Drop Inlet Sediment Filter
Source: North Carolina Erosion and Sediment Control Manual
4-39
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual i
Gravel and wire mesh drop inlet sediment filter i
1 . Wire mesh shall be laid over the drop inlet so that the wire extends a minimum of
one foot (30 cm) beyond each side of the inlet structure . Hardware cloth or .,
comparable wire mesh with 1 /2 inch (13 mm) openings shall be used . If more than
one strip of mesh is necessary, the strips shall be overlapped at least 1 ft. (30 cm) .
i
2 . FDOT No . 1 Coarse Aggregate ( 1 .5" to 3 . 5" stone) (4 - 9 cm) shall be placed over
the wire mesh as shown on Plate 4 . 08c. The depth of stone shall be at least 12
inches (30 cm) over the entire inlet opening . The stone shall extend beyond the .,
inlet opening at least 18 inches (45 cm) on all sides . (See Plate 4 .080
3 . If the stone filter becomes clogged with sediment so that it no longer adequately .,
performs its function , the stones must be pulled away from the inlet, cleaned and
replaced .
i
NOTE : This filtering device has no overflow mechanism . Therefore , ponding is likely
especially if sediment is not removed regularly. This type of device must never be used
where overflow may endanger an exposed fill slope . Consideration should also be given to i
the possible effects of ponding on traffic movement, nearby structures, working areas ,
adjacent property, etc .
18" MIN.
GRAVEL� ( 12" MIN . DEPTH)
RUNOFF WATER
WITH SEDIMENT
_ y : -
_ _
s'
dv
' ' ILII IIII : tie. I Ill WIRE MESH
SEDIMENT FILTERED
WATER
,SQgg'f is Aoolication
This method of inlet protection is 'applicable where heavy concentrated flows are expected, but not where ponding
around the structure might cause excessive incorwience or damage to adjacent structures and unprotected areas.
Gravel Shah be VDOT R3, #357, or a5 coarse Aggregate
r
Plate 4.08f Gravel and Wire Mesh Drop Inlet Sediment Filter
Source: Virginia DSWC _
4-40
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Block and gravel drop inlet sediment filter
r 1 . Place concrete blocks lengthwise on their sides in a single row around the perimeter
of the inlet, with the ends of adjacent blocks abutting . The height of the barrier can
be varied, depending on design needs, by stacking combinations of 4 inch , 8 inch
and 12 inch ( 10 , 20 , and 30 cm) wide blocks . The barrier of blocks shall beatleast
r 12 inches (30 cm) high and no greater than 24 inches (60 cm) high .
2 . Wire mesh shall be placed over the outside vertical face (webbing) of the concrete
r blocks to prevent stone from being washed through the holes in the blocks .
Hardware cloth or comparable wire mesh with 112 inch ( 13 mm) openings shall be
_ used . (See Plate 4. 08g)
3 . Stone shall be piled against the wire to the top of the block barrier. Suitable coarse
_ aggregate shall be used . (See Plate 4. 08h)
4 . If the stone filter becomes clogged with sediment so that it no longer adequately
performs its function , the stone must be pulled away from the blocks , cleaned and
replaced .
5 . As a very temporary alternative , pervious burlap bags filled with gravel may be
r placed around the inlet provided that there are no gaps between the bags. (See
Plate 4 .081)
r 6 . Either of these two practices may be installed on pavement or bare ground
Sod drop inlet sediment filter
r
1 . Soil shall be prepared and sod installed according to the specifications in SODDING
- Section 6 . 67 ( ES BMP 1 . 67) .
2 . Sod shall be placed to form a turf mat covering the soil for a distance of 4 feet
( 1 .2 m) from each side of the inlet structure . (See Plate 4 . 08j)
r
Prefabricated drop inlet internal filter bag (ACF Silt Sack)
.. 1 . Remove the grate over the catch basin and insert the filter device, then replace
grate to hold the device in position .
.. 2 . When sediments have accumulated to within one foot (30 cm) of the grate the filter
insert must be removed by a front-end loader or forklift. The filter may be discarded
and replaced or it may be emptied , cleaned , and reused .
NOTE: This segment does not constitute a product endorsement.
4-41
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
r
A
DRAIN 4o¢ •Q ' 4op �� .
GRATE
�OO�
obi°
Qo ,00 �.
-
0 0 �a o° BGL C <
000 00000R � a
oo°r'O q
d �'O•� s°Q o. o GRAVEL BACKFILL
o °O - •° • p ° (3/4' MIN
s ° ° o
jgoo
�bo�+°'��d . od°•. �d .a
A
yah
PLAN VIEW
CONCRETE BLOCK WIRE SCREEN OR
FILTER FABRIC ■
GRAVEL BACKFIL
�
M-rM OW PONDING HT.
00 .;
M-aw o
DROP INLET
i
■
SECTION A - A
NOTES: 3. THE TOP OF THE STRUCTURE (PONDIN6 HEIGHT)
1. DROP INLET SEDIMENT BARRIERS ARE TO MUST BE YeLL BELOW THE GROUND ELEVATION
BE USED FOR 5MALL, NEARLY LEVEL DRAINAGE OOK45LOFE TO PREVENT RUNOFF FROM BY-
AREAS. (LESS THAN 596) PASSING THE INLET. A TEMPORARY DIKE MAY
2. EXCAVATE A BASIN OF SUFFICIENT SIZE BE NECESSARY ON THE DOy%IN5LOPE SIDE OF ■
ADJACENT TO THE DROP INLET. THE STRUCTURE.
■
Plate 4.08g Block and Gravel Drop Inlet Sediment Filter ■
Source: Erosion Draw
■
4-42
00
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
r
WIRE SCREEN CONCRETE BLOCK
■ o ■
r
r GRAVEL FILTER
WIRE SCREEN
r FILTERED WATER
OVERFL^111
RUNOFF - -
r WATER
WITH
SEDIMENT
DROP INLET
:-D WITH GRATE
SEDIMENT '
r
Specific Application
r This method of inlet protection is applicable where heavy flows are expected and where an overflow capacity
necessary to prevent excessive ponding aroundthe structure.
Gravel Shag be FOOT #3, #357, or 85 Coarse Aggregate.
r
We
Plate 4.08h Block and Gravel Drop Inlet Sediment Filter
Source: Michigan Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Guidebook
443
r
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
•
GRAVEL FILTER LN*fGGi%Tr' T
SMI
R�o "E ?MI E EL03a Top �a0=FLACEM ro I T1TW GAPS CRAVEL WE EVIG rl
us>p TH_ET PERAETER
A
A 3 -AM �, W FERva/. N Al
rTw nzr vrn+ CRATE - I ELRLA ' erns OR SYNDEM FET BAM r
11oE' wamum E U ue6tacs
amc PuMETtR
r
FIABAS LAYER IF (RAVEL
FAE
,TER erns ATE Lgn nE
CRi7STE SID6 T�TMcwAS � E rENT�
STN= 2 KCH TTE LOWER LAYER T EAM .
NT
D0*11N ff CV l� I MAY& FILTER 960 CAN BE
A SMiE OR m m r LAYER
%
MJ47F 6 ..
i '
now s
FdTTETa71 I FLPL (RAVEL FA.TER 9%= AAI r
LATER T/ T M GMS PSE EVIDENT
CROSS-SECTION AA I SIDE VIEW
CONCRETE BLOCK FILTER I GRAVEL FILTER BAGS
NDTE; GRAVEL FILTERS MAY BE USED ON PAVEMENT OR BARE GROUND r
r
Plate 4.081 Gravel Filters for Area Inlets
Source: HydroDynamics, Inc.
444
..
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Prefabricated drop inlet external filter (Suntree Isles Grate Inlet Protector)
1 . Place the device over the inlet. If the inlet has a grate , the device shall be secured
to the grate by means of a long toggle bolt. If the grate is not present, the device
shall be bolted directly to the concrete .
' 2 . Sediments shall be removed when they have accumulated to within one foot (30
cm) of the top of the device . The filter fabric elements shall be cleaned or replaced
at that time.
NOTE: This segment does not constitute a product endorsement.
' Gravel curb inlet sediment filter
1 . Hardware cloth or comparable wire mesh with 1 /2 inch (13 mm) openings shall be
placed over the curb inlet opening so that at least 12 inches (30 cm) of wire extends
across the top of the inlet cover and at least 12 inches (30 cm) of wire extends
across the concrete gutter from the inlet opening. (See Plate 4. 08k)
2 . Stone shall be piled against the wire so as to anchor it against the gutter and inlet
cover and to cover the inlet opening completely. MOT No . 1 Coarse Aggregate
shall be used .
3 . An overflow weir can be constructed of 2" x4" (5 x 10 cm) boards to lessen ponding
from this practice . (See Plate 4 .08L)
4 . If the stone filter becomes clogged with sediment so that it no longer adequately
r performs its function , the stone must be pulled away from the block, cleaned and
replaced .
Block and gravel curb inlet sediment filter
1 . Two concrete blocks shall be placed on their sides abutting the curb at either side
.. of the inlet opening .
2 . A 2" x 4" (5 x 10 cm) board shall be cut and placed through the outer holes of each
r spacer block to help keep the front blocks in place .
3 . Concrete blocks shall be placed on their sides across the front of the inlet and
r abutting the spacer blocks . (See Plate 4.08m)
4 . Wire mesh shall be placed over the outside vertical face (webbing) of the concrete
r blocks to prevent stone from being washed through the holes in the blocks.
Hardware cloth with 112 inch (13 mm) openings shall be used .
5 . FDOT No . 1 Coarse Aggregate shall be piled against the wire to the top of the
barrier.
r 4-45
r
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
rte.
- r
4• !_
�^ r
4' r
FOUR 1 -FOOT WIDE STRIPS OF SOD ON r
EACH SIDE OF THE DROP INLET
r
RUNOFF WATER FILTERED WATER
WITH SEDIMENT
r
. r
b
SPECIFIC APLUCATION
r
THIS METHOD OF INLET PROTECTION IS APPPUCABLE ONLY AT THE TIME
OF PERMANENT SEEDING, TO PROTECT THE INLET FROM SEDIMENT AND ■
MULCH MATERIAL UNTIL PERMANENT VEGETATION HAS BECOME ESTABLISHED.
a
Plate 4.08j Sod Drop Inlet Sediment Filter
Source: Virginia DSWC ■
446
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
r
r
r
/ , r
GRAVEL FILTER
r 12
RUNOFF WATER WIRE MESH
FILTERED WATER
o . . e
rr
SEDIMENT � II II o � p'p. .
a :
r - —
CONCRETE GUTTER 12" CURB INLET
r Specific Armlication
This method of inlet protection is applicable at curb inlets where ponding in front of the structure
r
is not likely to cause inconvenience or damage to adjacent structures and unprotected ares.
Gravel Shall be VDOT #3 , #357, or #5 Coarse Aggregate.
r
Plate 4. 08k Gravel Curb Inlet Sediment Filter
Source: Virginia DSWC
r
4-47
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
GRAVEL• 6' MAXIMUM SPACING
OF T' X4
SPACERS
Z X 47 ANCHORS
EMERGENCY OVERFLOW
/' . Perspective View
V x 4 WEIR
r X C SPACER
SAND BAG OR �
2' MINIMUM LENGTH ALTERNATE WEIGHT
OF 2' X 4'
Y X 4 WEIR -"
ix.
GRAVEL
Side Elevation
Y X 4' SPACER
WIRE MESH
• ' . ; INLET
SPECIFIC APPLICATION TO
PIPE
THIS METHOD OF INLET PROTECTION IS APPLICABLE
TO CURB INLETS WHERE A STURDY, COMPACT INSTALLATION
IS DESIRED. EMERGENCY OVERFLOW CAPABILITIES ARE
MINIMAL, SO EXPECT SIGNIFICANT PONDING WITH THIS
MEASURE.
• GRAVEL SHALL BE VDOT COARSE AGGREGATE
{13 , . #357 OR #5
•
Plate 4.08L Gravel Curb Inlet Sediment Filter with Overflow Weir
Source: Maryland Standards and Specifications for Soil Erosion and Sediment Control
4-48
i
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
r
r
BACK OF 51DEWALK A CATCH BA51N
r
r 2X4 MOOD 5TUD
CONCRETE BLOCK
BACK OF CURB
CURB INLET
r
' e . p
P
r � O
e. • C
•vao eo
e;
r
(K e• a ea o£�'
0 G //vim�'� e� o
m4 �• •`� •, e e� 3 e e, n ayy,, � � q0� .
WIRE 5CREEN OR CONCRETE BLOCK
FILTER FABRIC A
r 3/4' 4P DRAIN &RAVEL FLAN VIEW
r PONDING HEIGHT
CONCRETE BLOCK
OVERFLOW
CURB INLET
r
WIRE SCREEN ORH��h\��
FILTER FABRIC CATCH BASIN
2X4 WOOD SND
O\
SECTION A - A
r
2. BARRIER SHALL ALLOW FOR OVERFLOW
NOTES: FROM SEV--RE STORM EVENT.
1 . USE BLOCK AND 6RAVEL TYPE SEDIMENT 3. INSPECT BARRIER5 AND REMOVE SEDIMENT
BARRIER WHEN CURB INLET 15 LOCATED IN AFTER EACH 5TORM EVENT. SEDIMENT AND
�6ENTLY SLOPING 5TREET SEGMENT, Y+Ege 6RAVEL MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE
WATER CAN POND AND ALLOW 5EDIMENTTO TRAVELED WAY IMMEDIATELY,
SEPARATE FROM RUNOFF.
Plate 4.08m Block and Gravel Curb Inlet Sediment Barrier
Source: Erosion Draw
4-49
i
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
i
LEAVE APPRGDD7NTELT t TD 6 ■
DOES EETKDI GRAVEL FILTER
��SIM M � [RAVEL FILTER DN ROGIATELr &GS NO INET
3/4-M DWIETEW PLACED TD
PINEfM ff GRAVEL TIP ff CLTOM 0.mCS
CU IS TD CT ATM Z X 4' E3^RD r
� w
A 6 ROCS FRD1 FET
O
PLAM rRAVEL FILTER
ZR11EI M= STU EED DnENCO
I PW
&CH THAT !p
C[ti3CTE am6 CNS PRE EVI�Nf
9 JLAPN GRAVEL YNTNETIC IN FFKJD7.5 i
Q/8- &CS -G PPIRC TIC NET 4 IN
ILD4 2I DES VIIE NO 6ED IE D�OfS
tt_ C Z Ri}ES VIDE AID 6 M}ES
he ClRB H73{T7 1901
VD✓£ ZX4' MM STM I ■
PAVEMENT CONCRETE WALK
RLPLFF
r
PAVETOii }/1 ,
1 :.j
ff CAwVE1 "
FILTER 1110 SI 1 D RACE GRAVEL FLTER
HIT EE AHM BOGS VJ31 THAT PC
MTE4;D M13FF CDOETE VOLKDE GAPS ARE EV13M ■
CROSS-SECTION AA I FRONT VIEW ■
CONCRETE BLOCK FILTER GRAVEL FILTER BAGS
I
NOTE: GRAVEL FILTERS CAN BE USED ON PAVEMENT OR BARE GROUND
■
■
Plate 4.08n Curb Inlet Gravel Filters r
Source: HydroDynamics, Inc.
4-50 ■
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
6 . If the stone filter becomes clogged with sediment so that it no longer adequately
performs its function , the stone must be pulled away from the block, cleaned and
_ replaced .
7 . As an alternate , gravel filled burlap bags may be stacked tightly around the curb
_ inlet. (See Plates 4. 08n and 4 .08o)
Curb and Gutter Sediment Barrier
' 1 . Place gravel filled burlap bags on gently sloping street segments according to the
spacing chart . (See Plate 4 .08p)
' 2 . Place two or more bags at each interval in a manner which provides maximum
support.
3 . When stacking several bags high , leave a one bag gap to provide an overflow
spillway. (See Plate 4 .08q)
4 . Sediments must be removed after each rain event.
Maintenance
1 . The structure shall be inspected after each rain and repairs made as needed .
2 . Sediment shall be removed and the trap restored to its original dimensions when
the sediment has accumulated to 1 /2 of the design depth of the trap. Removed
sediment shall be deposited in a suitable area and in such a manner that it will not
erode .
3 . Structures shall be removed and the area stabilized when the remaining drainage
area has been properly stabilized .
r
r
4-51
r
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
■
BACK OF 91Del A K A
■
&RAVEL FILLED 5ANDBAGS
ARE STACKED TIGHTLY. CATCH BASIN
BACK OF CURB
CURB INLET
r
--►
5PILLWAY ■
■
A '
PLAN VIEW
PONDIN& HEIGHT CURB INLET
— — SIDEYIALK
SryLU'NY
\
CATCH BASIN
„ SECTION A - A
o\
N07ESF ■
I. PLACE CURB TYPE SMWIENT BARRIERS ON
GENTLY SLOPING STREET SEGMENTS, "eRE
WATER GAN POND AND ALLOW SEDIMENT TO
SEPARATE FROM RUNOFF.
2. 5ANDBAGS, OF EITHER BURLAP OR WOVEN ■
GEOTEXTILE FABRIC, ARE FILLED WITS GRAVEL,
LAYERED AND PACKED n&HTI-Y.
3. LEAVE ONE SANDBAG GAP IN THE TOP ROW
TO PROVIDE A 5FILLWAY FOR OVERFLOW
4. INSPECT BARRIERS AND REMOVE SEDIMENT ■
AFTER EACH STORM EVENT. SEDIMENT AND
GRAVEL MIST BE REMOVED FROM THE TRAVELED
KNY IMMEDIATELY.
■
Plate 4. 08o Curb Inlet Sediment Barrier
Source: Erosion Draw
■
4-52
Mill
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
•
RAZ nU
• RAM IN AA f WER THAT T S�A.TS
IN KW" SYPMT. hf FUN
LDE BAG MET WT oc® TI-E INLET
FE G9 OFQ RB
•
SIDEWALK O
SEDIMENT Aca"J ATEO
LADEN SEMMW � OVERFLOW
will FLOWS
CURB SEDIMENT TRAP HTMF Ry lk r Yam.Incc®opted
Pa Ba m FM ® 811-6
Pw4w. CO 0001
•
SPACING BETWEEN GRAVEL
BAG CURB FILTERS
F
E
— E 1000
T
B
I I I
— T Too
W
E
E
• N
B io 1
A
- R
1
E
R 0.1% Tx To%
S STREET SLOPE
•
Plate 4.08p Gravel Bag Curb Sediment Filters
Source: HydroDynamics, Inc.
•
4-53
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
$AGK OF 51DEWALK
■
BURLAP SACKS TO GATGN 5A51N
OVERLAP ONTO CURB. CURB INLET
BACK OF CURB
RUNOFF
r
RUNOFF 5 ILIWAY
i
■
GRAVEL FILLED SANDBAGS
STACKED TIGHTLY.
PLAN VIEW
NOTE-51
I . PLACE CURB TYPE SEDIMENT BARRIERS ON .
GENTLY SLOPING STREET SEGMENTS, WHERE
WATER GAN POND AND ALLOW SEDIMENT TO
SEPARATE FROM RUNOFF.
2. SANDBAGS OF EITHER BURLAP OR WOVEN
'GEOTEXTILE' FABRIC, ARE FILLED WITH GRAVEL
LAYERED AND PACKED TIGHTLY.
3. LEAVE A ONE SANDBAG GAP IN THE TOP ROW
TO PROVIDE A SPILLWAY FOR OVERFLOOK
4. INSPECT BARRIERS AND REMOVE
AFTER EACH STORM EVENT. SEDIMENT AND
GRAVEL MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE
TRAVELED WAY IMMEDIATELY.
r
Plate 4.08q Curb and Gutter Sediment Barrier •
Source: Erosion Draw
r
4-54
■
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
4. 15 TEMPORARY DIVERSION DIKE
(ES BMP 1 . 15)
Definition
A temporary ridge of compacted soil located at the top or base of a sloping disturbed area .
Purposes
1 . To divert storm runoff from higher drainage areas away from unprotected slopes to
a stabilized outlet.
r
2 . To divert sediment-laden runoff from a disturbed area to a sediment trapping
facility .
Condition Where Practice Applies
Wherever stormwater runoff must be temporarily diverted to protect disturbed slopes or
retain sediments on site during construction . These structures generally have a life
expectancy of 18 months or less .
Planning Considerations
A temporary diversion dike is intended to divert overland sheet flow to a stabilized outlet or
a sediment trapping facility during establishment of permanent stabilization on sloping ,
disturbed areas . When used at the top of a slope , the structure protects exposed slopes
by keeping upland runoff away. When used at the base of a slope , the structure protects
adjacent and downstream areas by diverting sediment-laden runoff to a sediment trapping
facility.
If the dike is going to remain in place for longer than 30 days , it is very important that it be
established with temporary or permanent vegetation . The slope behind the dike is also an
important consideration . The dike must have a positive grade to assure drainage, but if the
slope is too great, precautions must be taken to prevent erosion due to high velocity flow
behind the dike .
This practice is considered an economical one because it uses material available on the
site and can usually be constructed with equipment needed for site grading . The useful life
of the practice can be extended by stabilizing the dike with vegetation .
As specified herein , this practice is intended to be temporary. However, with more
stringent design criteria , it can be made permanent in accordance with DIVERSIONS -
Section 5 . 18 (ES BMP 1 . 18) .
4-55
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
Desicin Criteria
No formal design is required . The following criteria shall be met:
■
Drainage Area
The maximum allowable drainage area is 5 acres (2 ha) .
Dimensions
r
The minimum allowable height measured from the upslope side of the dike is 18 inches (45
cm) . Top width shall be a minimum of 2 feet (60 cm) with a minimum base width of 4 .5 feet
( 1 .4 m) . (See Plate 4 . 15a)
Side Slopes
3 : 1 or flatter.
Grade
The channel behind the dike shall have a positive grade to a stabilized outlet. If the
channel slope is less than or equal to 2% , no stabilization is usually required . If the slope
is greater than 2% , the channel shall be stabilized in accordance with STORMWATER
CONVEYANCE CHANNEL - Section 5.35 (ES BMP 1 . 35) .
■
Outlet
1 . The diverted runoff, if free of sediment, must be released through a stabilized
outlet or channel .
2 . Sediment-laden runoff must be diverted and released through a sediment trapping
facility. r
Construction Specifications
1 . Whenever feasible , the dike should be built before construction begins on the •
project.
■
2 . The dike should be adequately compacted to prevent failure .
3 . Temporary or permanent seeding and mulch shall be applied to the dike within 15 '
days of construction .
4 . The dike should be located to minimize damages by construction operations and '
traffic.
4-56
■
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Maintenance
The measure shall be inspected after every storm and repairs made to the dike , flow
channel and outlet, as necessary . Approximately once every week , whether a storm has
occurred or not, the measure shall be inspected and repairs made if needed . Damages
caused by construction traffic or other activity must be repaired before the end of each
working day.
dw
Compacted Soil
1 B" Min. ; ;' 'r
�— Flow
ll�1�
�---- 4.5' Min.
r
Plate 4. 15a Temporary Diversion Dike
.� Source: Virginia DSWC
4-57
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
This page left intentionally blank
■
■
4-58 •
w
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
4. 16 TEMPORARY FILL DIVERSION
(ES BMP 1 . 16)
Definition
.. A channel with a supporting ridge on the lower side cut along the top of an active earth fill .
Purpose
To divert storm runoff away from the unprotected slope of the fill to a stabilized outlet or
sediment trapping facility
Conditions Where Practice Applies
.. Where the drainage area at the top of an active earth fill slopes toward the exposed slope
and where continuous fill operations make the use of a DIVERSION - Section 5. 18 (ES
BMP 1 . 18) unfeasible . This temporary structure should remain in place for less than one
week.
Planning Considerations
One important principle of erosion and sediment control is to keep stormwater runoff away
from exposed slopes . This is often accomplished by installing a dike, diversion or paved
ditch at the top of a slope to carry the runoff away from the slope to a stabilized outlet or
downdrain . In general , these measures are installed after the final grade has been
reached . On cuts , the measures may be installed at the beginning since the work
proceeds from the top, and the measures have little chance of being covered or damaged .
On fills , the work proceeds from the bottom to the top and the elevation changes daily. It is
therefore not feasible to construct a compacted dike or permanent diversion which may be
i covered by the next day's activity.
The temporary fill diversion is intended to provide some slope protection on a daily basis
until final elevations are reached and a more permanent measure can be constructed .
This practice can be constructed by the use of a motor grader or one of the smaller dozers .
To shape the diversion , the piece of machinery used may run near the edge of the fill with
its blade tilted to form the channel as described in Plate 4 . 16a . This work should be done
at the end of the working day and should provide a channel with a berm on the lower side
to protect the slope . Wherever possible , the temporary diversion should be sloped to direct
water to a stabilized outlet. If the runoff is diverted over the fill itself, the practice may
cause more problems than it solves by concentrating water at a single point.
4-59
w
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
-
w
FII Slope
Earthen Ridge
9. .
IN
III III -- ^11J.LI� lilil � lllll�lillll�llllll �lliil90 -
IIII! - II I 1x-111111011111 111111 Illlll llllll
II-= l�lfl 111111 - 11111Bill II12111111 IIiIIl111111111111111111 -
1� 2� w
r
r
Plate 4. 16a Temporary Fill Diversion
Source: Virginia DSWC -
4-60
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Good timing is essential to fill construction . The filling operation should be completed as
quickly as possible and the permanent slope protection measures and slope stabilization
measures installed as soon after completion as possible . With quick and proper
construction , the developer or contractor will save both time and money in building ,
repairing and stabilizing the fill area . The longer the time period for construction and
stabilization , the more prone the fill operation is to damages by erosion . Repairing the
damages adds additional time and expense to the project.
Design Criteria
No formal design is required . The following criteria shall be met:
Drainage Area
_ The maximum allowable drainage area is 5 acres (2 ha) .
Height
The minimum height of the supporting ridge shall be 9 inches (23 cm) . (See Plate 4 . 16a) .
Grade
The channel shall have a positive grade to a stabilized outlet.
Outlet
The diverted runoff should be released through a stabilized outlet, slope drain or sediment
trapping measure .
Construction Specifications
1 . The diversion shall be constructed at the top of the fill at the end of each work day
as needed .
2 . The diversion shall be located at least 2 feet (60 cm) inside the top edge of the fill .
(See Plate 4 . 16a) .
r
3 . The supporting ridge of the lower side shall be constructed with a uniform height
along its entire length .
Maintenance
Since the practice is temporary and under most situations will be covered the next work
day, the maintenance required should be low. If the practice is to remain in use for more
than one day, an inspection will be made at the end of each work day and repairs made to
. the measure if needed . The contractor should avoid the placement of any material over
the structure while it is in use . Construction traffic should not be permitted to cross the
diversion .
4-61
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
This page left intentionally blank
4-62
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
4. 17 TEMPORARY RIGHT-OF-WAY DIVERSION
(ES BMP 1 . 17)
r
Definition
r A ridge of compacted soil or loose rock or gravel constructed across disturbed
rights-of-way and similar sloping areas .
r Purpose
To shorten the flow length within a long sloping right-of-way, thereby reducing the erosion
.. potential by diverting storm runoff to a stabilized outlet or sediment trapping device .
Conditions Where Practice Applies
Generally, earthen diversions are applicable where there will be little or no construction
traffic within the right-of-way. Gravel structures are more applicable to roads and other
,. rights-of-way which accommodate vehicular traffic.
Planning Considerations
Construction of utility lines and roads often requires the clearing of long strips of
right-of-way over sloping terrain . The volume and velocity of stormwater runoff tend to
„ increase in these cleared strips and the potential for erosion is much greater since the
vegetative cover is diminished or removed . To compensate for the loss of vegetation , it is
usually a good practice to break up the flow length within the cleared strip so that runoff
does not have a chance to concentrate and cause erosion . At proper spacing intervals,
Temporary Right-of-Way Diversions can significantly reduce the amount of erosion which
will occur until the area is permanently stabilized .
r
Design Criteria
r No formal design is required . The following criteria shall be met:
Drainage Area
Less than 5 acres (2 ha) . For larger drainage areas use a DIVERSION - Section 5 . 18 (ES
BMP 1 . 18) .
r Dimensions
The minimum allowable height measured from the upslope side of the diversion is 18
r inches (45 cm) . The minimum top width shall be 2 feet (60 cm) and the base width
minimum is 6 feet ( 1 .8 m) . (See Plate 4 . 17a)
~ Side Slopes
3: 1 or flatter to allow the passage of construction traffic.
r
4-63
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
Width
The measure should be constructed completely across the disturbed portion of the
right-of-way.
r
FDOT #t Age wm-
Coarse Aggregate
r
g Minimum
r
Typical Gravel Structure a
7
Compacted Soil
� g• Min-
6 Minimum
Typical Earthen Structure
Plate 4. 17a Temporary Right-of-way Diversions
Source: Virginia DSWC
4-64
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
i
Spacing
The following table will be used to determine the spacing of right-of-way diversions :
Slope Spacing in feet(m).
Less than 5% 300 (90 m)
a Between 5% and 10% 200 (60 m)
Greater than 10% 100 (30 m)
Grade
Positive drainage , with less than 2% slope , should be provided to a stabilized outlet or
sediment trapping facility .
Outlet
Interceptor dikes must have an outlet which is not subject to erosion . The on-site location
may need to be adjusted to meet field conditions in order to utilize the most suitable outlet.
Concentrated flows should spread over the widest possible area after release. Flows with
high sediment concentrations should pass through a sediment trapping measure . (See
Plate 4 . 17b)
Construction Specifications
1 . The diversion shall be installed as soon as the right-of-way has been cleared
and/or graded .
2 . All earthen diversions shall be machine- or hand-compacted in 8 -inch (20 cm) lifts .
3 . The outlet of the diversion shall be located on an undisturbed and stabilized area
+� when at all possible . The field location should be adjusted as needed to utilize a
stabilized outlet. Sediment laden flows shall be conveyed to a sediment trapping
device .
4 . Earthen diversions which will not be subject to construction traffic should be
stabilized in accordance with TEMPORARY SEEDING - Section 6 .65 (ES BMP
1 .65) .
Maintenance
The practice shall be inspected after every rainfall and repairs made if necessary .
Approximately once every week, whether a storm has occurred or not, the measure shall
be inspected and repairs made if needed . Diversions which are subject to damage by
vehicular traffic should be reshaped at the end of each working day.
4-65
w
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
X�t c[ mss �+Ci y -L4 r�
i
15 FT 25 TO 60 FT _
aL ' ROLLING DIP
STABILIZED OUTLET
w
4IL4
X4 4C" VIC -U- 4L.4 Zb. �s
Dov-0sbTe
206
o IIJJ
5TA51LIZED OUTLET WATERBAR
2 : 1 SIDE SLOPE`
OR FLATTER 5: 1 MAX
FOR VEHICLE GROSSING
SLOM
■
9" _.�r:.;�: `.i:: • I 18" MIN T
■
SECTION
■
Plate 4. 17b Rolling Dip and Water Bar
Source : Erosion Draw ■
4-66
w
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
4.25 TEMPORARY SEDIMENT TRAP
( ES BMP 1 . 25 )
Definition
.. A small temporary ponding area formed by excavation and/or an embankment across a
drainageway.
Purpose
To detain sediment-laden runoff from small disturbed areas long enough to allow most of
.. the sediment to settle out thereby protecting drainageways, properties , and rights-of-way
from sedimentation .
Conditions Where Practice Applies
1 . A sediment trap is usually installed in a drainageway, at a storm drain inlet or at
other points of discharge from a disturbed area .
2 . Below drainage areas of 5 acres (2 ha) or less .
3 . Where the sediment trap will be used less than 18 months .
4. The sediment trap may be constructed either independently or in conjunction with
a TEMPORARY DIVERSION DIKE - Section 4 . 15 (ES BMP 1 . 15) .
M Planning Considerations
The sediment trap should be located to obtain the maximum storage benefit from the
terrain , for ease of clean out and disposal of the trapped sediment and to minimize
interference with construction activities .
Sediment traps should be used only for small drainage areas . If the contributing drainage
area is greater than 5 acres (2 ha) , refer to SEDIMENT BASINS - Section 4 .26 ( ES BMP
1 . 26) .
Sediment must be periodically removed from the trap. Plans should detail how this
sediment is to be disposed of, such as by use in fill areas on site or removal to an
approved off-site dump .
i
Sediment traps , along with other perimeter controls , shall be installed before any land
disturbance takes place in the drainage area .
4-67
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
Excavate, if Necessary, for Storage
Flow
Dike
. • �. ' Flow
Row
v +�
Earth
f
' - r , Embankment
� • .
Flow 4' Top Width r:.:=;, • -i=
'l"' "� ` ✓ � 2: 1 Slopes
Dike if Required to Divert Water to Trap
2:1 or Flatter \ U
Width (ft.) _
6 x Drainage Area (Ac.)
Section A-A Outlet Section
Excavated Earth Outlet Sediment Trap Embankment Earth Outlet Sediment Trap
Construction Specifications
1 . Area under embankment shall be cleared, grubbed and stripped of any vegetation and root mat. The
pool area shall be cleared.
2. The fill material for the embankment shall be free of roots or other woody vegetation as well as over-
sized stones, rocks, organic material, or other objectionable material. The embankment shall be
compacted by traversing with equipment while it is being constructed.
3. Sediment shall be removed and trap restored to Its original dimensions when the sediment has
accumulated to 1/2 the design depth of the trap. Removed sediment shall be deposited in a suitable
area and in such a manner that k will not erode.
4. The structure shall be Inspected after each rain and repairs made as needed. ■
S. Construction operations shall be carried out in such a manner that erosion and water pollution are
minimized.
6. Tile structure shall be removed and area stabilized when the drainage area has been properly stabilized.
7- All cut and fill slopes shall be 2:1 or flatter. ■
8. Outlet crest elevation shall be at least one foot below the top of the embankmenL
Plate 4.25a Earth Outlet Sediment Trap ■
Source: NRCS
■
4-68
■
s
Chapter - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Design Criteria
Trap Capacity
The sediment trap must have an initial storage volume of 134 cubic yards , or 3600 cubic
feet per acre ( 252 m3/ha) of drainage area , measured from the low point of the ground to
the crest of the gravel outlet. Sediment should be removed from the basin when the
volume is reduced by one-half.
.. For a natural basin , the volume may be approximated as follows :
V = 0 .4xAxD
where : V = the storage volume in ft.3
A = the surface area of the flood area at the crest of the outlet, in ft.Z
D = the maximum depth , measured from low point in trap to crest of outlet,
in ft.
Excavation
If excavation is necessary to attain the required storage volume , side slopes should be no
steeper than 2 : 1 .
Embankment Cross-Section
The maximum height of the sediment trap embankment shall be 5 feet (1 .5 m) as
measured from the low point. Minimum top widths (W) and outlet heights (Ho) for various
embankment heights ( H) are shown in Table 4 .25a . Side slopes of the embankment shall
be 2 : 1 or flatter.
. Table 4. 25a
MINIMUM TOP WIDTH (W) AND OUTLET HEIGHT (Ho) REQUIRED FOR
+ SEDIMENT TRAP EMBANKMENT ACCORDING TO HEIGHT OF EMBANKMENT (feet)
H Ho W
2 .0 1 . 0 2 .0
2 . 5 1 . 5 2 . 5
3 . 0 2 .0 2. 5
3 .5 2 .5 3 .0
4 .0 3 . 0 3.0
4 .5 3 . 5 4 .0
5 . 0 4 . 0 4 .5
4-69
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspectors Manual `
Excavate, if Necessary, for Storage
Flow
,. yam. _ ![y. ! / � - _ •
;��-,: ., �, � •rv+yt�y _ it //�,, .
�~ j4 5
Earth Embankment
Outlet Protection ' r
i
4'
All Slopes 2:1 or Flatter r � _
1; 1 '-6' Min.
5' Max. ' . Perforated Riser
Welded All Around
Embankment SectionThru Riser
Construction Specifications
1 . Area under embankment shall be cleared, grubbed and stripped of any vegetation and root mat. The
pool area shall be cleared.
2. The fill material for the embankment shall be free of roots or other woody vegetation as well as over- y
sized stones, rocks, organic material, or other objectionable material. The embankment shall be
compacted by traversing with equipment while it is being constructed.
3. Sediment shall be removed and trap restored to its original dimensions when the sediment has
accumulated to 1 /2 the design depth of the trap. Removed sediment shall be deposited in a suitable
area and in such a manner that it will not erode.
4. The structure shall be Inspected after each rain and repairs made as needed.
5. Construction operations shall be carried out in such a manner that erosion and water pollution are
minimized.
6. Tile structure shall be removed and area stabilized when the drainage area has been property stabilized.
7. All cut and fill slopes shall be 2:1 or flatter.
8. All pipe connections shall be watertight.
9. At least the top 2/3 of the riser shall be perforated with 1 /2-inch diameter holes spaced 8 inches ■
vertically and 10 - 12 inches horizontally.
10. Fill matertail around pipe spillway shall be hand compacted in 4-Inch layers. A minimum of two feet of
hand-compacted backfill shall be placed over the pipe spillway before crossing it with construction equip-
ment.
■
Plate 4.25b Pipe Outlet Sediment Trap
Source: NRCS ■
4-70
■
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
r
1 ' VARUBLE�
r
ORIGNAL
GROUND
ELEV.
67 CU. 7D./ACRE
y VARIABLE
r
67 CU. YD./ACRE
r
(EXCAVATED) - 4' I='
FILTER CLOTH ORIGINAL
GROUND
ELEV.
r
w
COARSE AGGREGATE C1.455 I RIPRAP
r
Cross-Section of Outlet
a
CLASS I RIPRAP
LENGTH (IN FEET _
(IN7fAr.) AGE AREA
DIVERSION
DIKE
r COARSE AGGREGATE��///
EXCAVA FILTER CI P4D6AREA
T
COARSE AGGREGATE SHALL BE FOOT3 357 OR
># , # A5
r Outlet (Perspective View)
r
Plate 4. 25c Stone Outlet Sediment Trap
r Source: NRCS
4-71
r
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
PONDING HEIGHT FLOW
FILTER FABRIC �— r—
(OPTIONAL) s — — — — —
.
"e SEDIMENT STORAGE
EMBED STRAW
U BALE 4' MIN.
INTO SOIL.
SECTION A - A
I I STRAW BALES
2 Z� TIGHTLY ABUTTING.
m ' 91
a
LL
p I OI 4 ` LL
I I o
ROCK SPILELHAYI U21 MIR
e
/ PLAN
WOODEN STAKE
TOE OF BA NI' OR REBAR DRIVEN
POINT 'B' THROUGH BALE.
POINT 'A' A TYP. 2 PER BALE
ROCK BPI d
KEY BALE INTO A
BANK AT BOTH
ENDS of B4RRIER. VIEW LOOKING UPSTREAM
NOTE5i
I. PLACE BALES PERPENDICULAR TO FLOK .
2. EMBED THE BALE 4' INTO THE SOIL AND
'KEY' THE END BALES INTO THE CHANNEL
BANKS.
3. BALES PLACED IN A ROW WITH ENDS
TIGHTLY AW17TING. USE STRAW, ROCKS OR ■
FILTER FABRIC TO FILL ANY &APB Wnfe EH
BALES AND TAM' BACKFILL MATERIALS TO
PREVENT EROSION OR FLOW AROUND THE
BALES.
4. POINT 'A' SHALL BE HI&gR THAN POINT W.
S. SPILLWAY SHALL NOT EXCEED 241
.
Plate 4.25d Semi-pervious Straw Bale Sediment Barrier
Source: Erosion Draw
r
4-72
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Outlet
The outlets shall be designed , constructed and maintained so that sediment does not leave
the trap and that erosion of the outlet does not occur. A trap may have several different
outlets with each outlet conveying part of the flow based on the criteria below. The
combined outlet capacity shall be sufficient for the drainage area . For example , a 12 foot
(3 .6 m) earth outlet, adequate for 2 acres (0 . 8 ha) , and a 12 inch (30 cm) pipe outlet,
adequate for 1 acre (0 .4 ha) , could be used for a three acre (1 .2 ha) drainage area .
There are four types of outlets for sediment traps . Each sediment trap is named according
to the type of outlet that it has. Each type has different design criteria and will be
discussed separately.
r
1 . An Earth Outlet Sediment Trap consists of a basin formed by excavation and/or an
embankment. The trap has a discharge point over or cut into natural ground . The
outlet width (feet) shall be equal to 6 times the drainage area (acres) . If an
embankment is used the outlet crest shall be at least one foot (30 cm) below the top
of the embankment. The outlet shall be free of any restriction to flow. The earthen
embankment shall be seeded with temporary or permanent vegetation (see
Sections 6.65 and 6 .66) within 15 days of construction . (See Plate 4 .25a)
,. 2 . A Pipe Outlet Sediment Trap consists of a basin formed by an embankment, or an
excavation and an embankment. The outlet for the trap is though a perforated riser
and a pipe through the embankment. The outlet pipe and riser shall be made of
corrugated metal. The riser diameter shall be of the same or larger diameter than
the pipe . The top of the embankment shall be at least 1 .5 feet (45 cm) above the
crest of the riser. At least the top 2/3 of the riser shall be perforated with 1 /2 inch
( 13 mm) diameter holes spaced 8 inches (20 cm) vertically and 10- 12 inches (25 -
30 cm) horizontally. All pipe connections shall be watertight (See Plate 4 .25b) .
Select pipe diameter from the following table :
Minimum Pipe Diameter in inches (cm) Maximum Drainage Area in acres (ha)
12 (30 cm) 1 (0 .4 ha)
18 (45 cm) 2 (0 .8 ha)
21 (53 cm) 3 ( 1 .2 ha)
24 (60 cm) 4 ( 1 .6 ha)
30 (75 cm) 5 (2 . 0 ha)
3 . A Stone Outlet Sediment Trap consists of a basin formed by an embankment or
excavation and an embankment. The outlet for the sediment trap shall consist of a
crushed stone section of the embankment located at the low point in the basin . The
minimum length of the outlet shall be 6 feet times the acreage of the drainage area
(4. 5 m times hectares) . The crest of the outlet must be at least 1 foot (30 cm) below
the top of the embankment, to insure that the flow will travel over the stone and not
the embankment. The outlet shall be constructed of FDOT No . 1 size crushed
stone. (See Plate 4 .25c) A very temporary alternate trap can be constructed from
straw bales with a stone outlet. (See Plate 4 .25d) Straw bales shall be installed per
Section 4 .05 STRAW BALE BARRIER ( ES BMP 1 .05) .
4-73
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual `
4 . A Storm Inlet Sediment Trap consists of a basin formed by excavation or natural
ground that discharges through an opening in a storm drain inlet structure . This
opening can either be the inlet opening or a temporary opening made by omitting
bricks or blocks in the inlet. The trap shall be between 1 ' and 2' (30 - 60 cm) deep
measured from the low point of the inlet. Ayard drain inlet or an inlet in the median
strip of a dual highway would use the inlet opening for an outlet. (See Plate 4.25e)
A curb inlet would require a temporary opening . (See Plate 4 . 250 The trap should
be out of the roadway to avoid interference with construction . Placing the trap on
the opposite side of the opening and diverting water from the roadway to the trap is
one means of accomplishing this.
5 . Other applications At times a small trap may be constructed in a drainage channel
using the culvert for a road crossing . Straw bales or gravel filled bags may be used
provided that there are no gaps in the installation . (See Plate 4. 25g) In larger
traps baffles may be required to insure adequate flow length and prevent short-
circuiting . (See Plate 4 . 25h)
r
Construction Specifications
1 . The area under the embankment shall be cleared , grubbed , and stripped of any `
vegetation and root mat. To facilitate cleanout, the pool area should be cleared .
2 . Fill material for the embankment shall be free of roots or other woody vegetation , `
organic material, large stones , and other objectionable material . The embankment
should be compacted in 8 inch (20 cm) layers by traversing with construction
equipment. `
3 . The earthen embankment shall be seeded with temporary or permanent vegetation
(see Sections 6 .65 and 6 .66) within 15 days of construction . `
4 . Construction operations shall be carried out so that erosion and water pollution are
minimized . `
5 . The structure shall be removed and the area stabilized when the upslope drainage
area has been stabilized . `
Maintenance
1 . Sediment shall be removed and the trap restored to its original dimensions when •
the sediment has accumulated to 1 /2 the design volume of the trap. Sediment
removed from the basin shall be deposited in a suitable area and in such a
manner that it will not erode.
2 . The structure should be checked regularly to insure that it is structurally sound and
has not been damaged by erosion or construction equipment. The height of the
outlet should be checked to ensure that its center is at least one foot (30 cm) below
the top of the embankment. `
4-74
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
r
r FL09 \\ \
FLOW
r PLOW
FLOW
SEDIMENT—LADEN RUNOFF
DEPTH BELOW TOP OF INLET:
AS r REQURtID MIN. 1 '— MAX. 2' ,
.- �. - -
r
MAX. OPE 2-
e
r
STORM WATER WITHWEEP LARGER PARTICLES
LARGER PARTICLES HOLES SETTLE OUT
REMOVED FOR
r : DEWATERING
r DRAIN INLET
r
SPECIFIC APPLICATION
r
THIS METHOD OF INLET PROTECTION IS APPLICABLE WHERE HEAVY FLOWS
ARE EXPECTED AND WHERE AN OVERFLOW CAPABILITY AND EASE OF
MAINTENANCE ARE DESIRABLE,
Plate 4.25e Excavated Drop Inlet Sediment Trap
Source: Michigan Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Guidebook
4-75
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual •
i
Block Inlet with Plywood and Sandbags,
as Necessary, to Prevent Water from Entering ..
Flow
FlowFlow
!C \
% NIS :•; . -• '<4, / 1< �• , y` ^i\r\A\ ` ; \ @ I iiI n \
N.
f1 �
Flow
Flow �T
A r
Remove Bricks or �. � •
Blocks for Outlet a' E i
Trap may be Placed Behind
As Required or at End of Inlet
/ 2:1 or Flatter 2: 1 or Flatter
Tzx
Ti1 ' Minn
T N
t 11 ' Min
./ar
Cross-Section Section A-A
Curb Drain
Yard Drain
NOTE Where curb is in place, provide a 1 foot wide
opening in the curb or use a sandbag dam to
force water over the curb to the trap.
Construction Specifications i
1 . Sediment shall be removed and trap restored to its original dimensions when the sediment has
accumulated to 112 the design depth of the trap. Removed sediment shall be deposited in a suitable
area and in such a manner that it will not erode.
2. The structure shall be inspected after each rain and repairs made as needed.
3. Construction operations shall be carried out in such a manner that erosion and water pollution shall
be minimized.
4. The sediment trap shall be removed and area stabilized when the remaining drainage area has been
properly stabilized.
5. All cut and fill slopes shall be 2: 1 or flatter.
Plate 4. 25f Storm Inlet Sediment Trap
Source: NRCS
4-76 •
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Removal
Sediment traps must be removed after the contributing drainage area is stabilized . Plans
All should show how the site of the sediment trap is to be graded and stabilized after removal .
JIM
GRAVEL FILTER BAGS STAo® AT
LEAST T610 LAYM KCH SLOT TPAT
r N7 GAPS ARE EVICEM EE MEN T}E END POINTS 'A' nAT BE ita- R
GUM CR AD.YZW BAGS TRO N FLW LIE POINT 'B'
A B A
14-111 1-N=11ll t pit c111 HI , M
a
r 01VERT EXCAVATED AW5A
FOR SED171M Na GAPS NNE TO EE EYIDENi
SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
(NO SCALE )
r
LEAVE A 12-M DMOtH
GDP BEKEEN PIPE A%Z BAGS
FOR gDSEDm IfTOT AREA
EVt PLAa A SMLE FM IrCRAVEL FILTER
{ EAS IN FRONT IF PRUDER-Y
)STALLED STRAV BALES
r
m_ni=11,
tic 1160
FRONT VIEW
� (ALTERNATIVE )
TDP VIEW GAVEL CONTAINED NIPERVVIOUS BURLAP BAAGSEOR
SYNTHETIC NET BAGS 11/8-INCH MESH AND BE
APPROXIMATELY 24 INCHES LONG. 12 INCHES VIDE
AND 6 INCHES HIGH
r
Plate 4.25g Small Sediment Trap Located within a Stormwater Conveyance Channel
Source: HydroDynamics, Inc.
r
4-77
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
SEDIMENT TRAP GUIDELINES H GFT] Eo E5 ao 3.5 50 45 so
V IFTI 2.0 ES 2.5 3.0 3.0 4D 4.5
DeN401ENT SIDE SUES ARE POT TO BE
OPEN PERFORATED RISER PIPE SLED STEEPER THAN L
TE ¢MrvEY OUTFLOWS WITH TK TUD M
LE ATED AT LEAST CLS FEST BELOW
TK SPILLWAY EI.EVATIOR SPILLWAY DESIGNED TO PASS
ICHYR 24+ R PEAK FLOWS
STORAGE CALCULATED BY I F[IIT
POND VCLLIE ECUATICN FREEeCWRO
v
- H 2 FT H
O�
[KIM
OVER EXCAVATED Y ME 3/4-INCH DIRVETER
STORAGECALCUL.AECI BY SEDAFNi OUTLET PIPE SLED TO �pP� � GRAVELSTORAGE EOLMTIIN CONVEY CUTFLDVS FILTER MEN
DETENTI❑N POND SEDIMENT TRAP / BASIN
3/4-INOH DURETER
[APPRoaMATE) GRAVEL
FILTER OUTLET BOX DESIDnED
HF R MTORIC 4 � MINOR
STORAGE GLLL_ATE O BY
POND VOLUME EQUATION
2 FT
D� D4DC
SEEPAGE ON
OVER LATER UY VO.IME 3/4-]NDi MAPETER
STORAGE EC BY SEDD£MT
STORAGE ElIATIDN IEVIRE
F
D' ATEI GRAVEL
SCREEN PLA OVER CUTLET PEPS FIR FILTER
OPENING FOR K 100-YEAR CAPACITY
HISTORIC FLOWS
FLOW LENGTH DETAIL BAFFLE DETAIL
USE EF BAFFLE AMY IX r
NECESSARY TO MREnSE
TOTAL FLIM LFSHEETS IF 4 FT a B FT x 1IN
CLEVATIEN! OF Ot L • LL1, L.1) 2 EXTERIOR PLYWOOD OR EQL VA D4T
RISER CREST
r
44x4' POSTS SET
L s 3 FEET IN [RO.N
( FL13W
..EnGTH . .I. . . . :
. . . . M. . . . . . . . . .0
. . . . . SIN ®O4ff
BASIN TT[„ SPACINGOF
OJr 6 - ! FEET
i
Plate 4.25h Sediment Trap and Basin Guide
Source: HydroDynamics, Inc.
4-78 •
Ir
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
4. 26 TEMPORARY SEDIMENT BASIN
( ES BMP 1 . 26)
Definition
A temporary basin with a controlled stormwater release structure , formed by constructing
an embankment of compacted soil across a drainageway.
_ Purpose
To detain sediment-laden runoff from disturbed areas long enough for most of the
sediment to settle out.
r
Conditions Where Practice Applies
Below disturbed areas greater than 5 acres (2 ha) . There must be sufficient space and
appropriate topography for the construction of a temporary impoundment. These structures
are limited to a useful life of 18 months unless they are designed as permanent ponds by a
qualified professional engineer.
Planning Considerations
Effectiveness
r Sediment basins are at best only 70-80% effective in trapping sediment which flows into
them . Therefore , they should be used together with erosion control practices such as
temporary seeding , mulching , diversion dikes, etc. to reduce the amount of sediment
+ flowing into the basin .
Location
To improve the effectiveness of the basin , it should be located so as to intercept the largest
possible amount of runoff from the disturbed area . The best locations are generally low
■. areas and natural drainageways below disturbed areas . Drainage into the basin can be
improved by the use of diversion dikes and ditches . The basin must not be located in a live
stream but should be located to trap sediment-laden runoff before it enters the stream .
• The basin should not be located where its failure would result in the loss of life , damage to
adjacent properties , or interruption of the use of public utilities or roads .
.. Multiple Use
Sediment basins may be designed as permanent structures to remain in place after
construction is completed . The Stormwater Rule (Ch . 62-25 , F .A. C . ) makes the use of
• these structures desirable for stormwater detention purposes . Always leave the bottom of
the sediment basin 6" - 12" higher than the eventual bottom of a retention basin . This will
ensure removal of accumulated fine sediments which could prematurely clog the retention
• basin . Wherever these structures are to become permanent, or if they exceed the size
limitations of the design criteria , they must be designed as permanent ponds by a qualified
professional engineer. Permanent ponds are beyond the scope of this BMP .
•
4-79
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual "
Design Criteria
4
Maximum Drainage Area
Unless the structure is designed as a permanent pond by a qualified professional engineer,
the maximum allowable drainage area into the basin shall be 150 acres (61 ha) .
Basin Capacity
The design capacity of the basin must be at least 134 cubic yards or 3600 cubic feet per
acre (252 m3/ha) of drainage area measured from the bottom of the basin to the crest of
the principal spillway (riser pipe) . Sediment should be removed from the basin when the
volume of the basin has been reduced to 55 cubic yards per acre ( 104 M3/ha) of drainage
area . The elevation of the sediment clean out level should be calculated and clearly `
marked on the riser. In no case shall the sediment clean out level be higher than one foot
(30 cm) below the top of the riser. (See Plate 4 .26a) .
Basin Shape
To improve sediment trapping efficiency of the basin , the effective flow length must be
twice the effective flow width . This basin shape may be attained by properly selecting the
site of the basin , by excavation , or by the use of baffles . See Appendix 1 . 26A for design
details.
r
r
67 C.Y./ AC." DRY "STORAGE
r
DEWATERING
DEVICE
67 C.Y./ AC. .:..... .......... ::_ ...... ::....:
" WEr " STORAGE
SEDIMENT CLEANOUT POINT «
( ' WET " STORAGE REDUCED
TO 34 C.Y./ ACRE)
r
a
Plate 4.26a Sediment Basin Storage Volumes
Source: Virginia DSWC
4-80
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Embankment Cross-Section
The embankment must have a minimum top width of 8 feet (2 .5 m) . The side slopes must
r be 2 : 1 or flatter. The embankment may have a maximum height of 10 feet (3 m) if the side
slopes are 2 : 1 . If the side slopes are 2 .5 : 1 or flatter, the embankment may have a
r
maximum height of 15 feet (4 .5 m) .
Spillway Design
The outlets for the basin may consist of a combination of principal and emergency
spillways or a principal spillway alone . In either case, the outlet(s) must pass the peak
runoff expected from the drainage area for a 10 year storm without damage to the
embankment of the basin . Runoff computations shall be based upon the soil cover
conditions which are expected to prevail during the life of the basin . Refer to Chapter 3 of
this manual for calculation of the peak rate of runoff.
r
The spillways designed by the procedures contained in this BMP will not necessarily result
in any reduction in the peak rate of runoff. If a reduction in peak runoff is needed , the
r appropriate hydrographs should be generated to choose the basin and outlet sizes .
To increase the efficiency of the basin , the spillway(s) must be designed to maintain a
r permanent pool of water between storm events.
Principal Spillway
r
The principal spillway shall consist of a solid (non-perforated) , vertical pipe or box of
corrugated metal or reinforced concrete joined by a watertight connection to a horizontal
.. pipe (barrel) extending through the embankment and outletting beyond the downstream toe
of the fill . If the principal spillway is used in conjunction with an emergency spillway, the
principal spillway shall have a minimum capacity of 0 . 2 cfs per acre (0 .015 m3 /sec. per ha)
r of drainage area when the water surface is at the crest of the emergency spillway. If no
emergency spillway is used , the principal spillway must be designed to pass the entire
peak flow expected from a 10-year storm . See Appendix 1 . 26A of The Florida
Development Manual for design details .
Design Elevations
r
If the principal spillway is used together with an emergency spillway , the crest of the
principal spillway shall be a minimum of one foot (30 cm) below the crest of the emergency
spillway. If no emergency spillway is used , the crest of the principal spillway shall be a
minimum of 3 feet (90 cm) below the top of the embankment. (See Plate 4 .26b .) In either
case , a minimum freeboard of one foot (30 cm) shall be provided between the design high
r water and the top of the embankment.
r
r 4-81
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
CREST OF EMERGENCY
SPILLWAY
DESIGN HIGH WATER
(25=YR. STORM ELEV.)
MIN. 1 .0'
D.W
MIN. 1 .0'
-- `cRISER CREST
67 C.Y./ AC. . . . . . . . . . . . DEWATERING
DRY " STORAGE DEVICE
67 C.Y./ AC.
WET STORAGE :. .� �::
WIN
HE
SEDIMENT CLEANOUT POINT
( • TO 34 STORAGE REDUCED
Design Elevations with Emergency Spillway 00
DESIGN HIGH WATER Tom_
(25—YR. STORM ELEV.) MIN. 2,0
MIN. 3.0 ' r
0.5' MIN. 1 .0'
67 C.Y./ AC. r
" DRY " STORAGE . .'. . .
RISER CREST
67 C.Y./ AC. DEWATERINGr
" WET ' STORAGE _ DEVICE
r
SEDIMENT CLEANOUT POINT
Design Elevations without Emergency Spillway
(Riser Passes 25-Year Event) r
r
r
Plate 4. 26b Sediment Basin Schematic Elevations
Source: Virginia DSWC
r
4-82
r
i
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Anti-vortex device and trash rack
An anti-vortex device and trash rack shall be attached to the top of the principal spillway to
improve the flow of water into the spillway and prevent floating debris from being carried
out of the basin . The anti-vortex device shall be of the concentric type . (See Plate 4 . 26c) .
See Appendix 1 . 26A of The Florida Development Manual for design procedures for the
anti-vortex device and trash rack.
Dewatering
Shall be done in a way that removes the relatively clean water without removing any of the
sediment that has settled out and without removing any appreciable quantities of floating
debris . As a minimum , provisions shall be made to dewater the basin down to the
sediment cleanout elevation . This can be accomplished by providing a hole at the
maximum sediment retention elevation (See Plate 4 .26b) . The dewatering hole shall be
i no larger than 4 inches (10 cm) in diameter. Other means of automatic dewatering are
detailed in Appendix 1 . 26A of The Florida Development Manual .
i It is also advantageous (but not required) to provide for dewatering of trapped sediment
before clean out. Basin underdrains are generally installed for this purpose . Appendix
1 .26A contains details for the design of an underdrain system .
Base
i The base of the principal spillway must be firmly anchored to prevent its floating . If the
riser of the spillway is greater than 10 feet (3 m) in height , computations must be made to
determine the anchoring requirements . As a minimum , a factor of safety of 1 .25 shall be
used (downward forces = 1 . 25 x upward forces) .
For risers 10 feet (3 m) or less in height, the anchoring may be done in one of the two
following ways:
1 . A concrete base 18 inches (45 cm) thick and twice the width of riser diameter shall
be used and the riser embedded 6 inches (15 cm) into the concrete . (See Plate
4 . 26d and Appendix 1 . 26A of The Florida Development Manual for design details) .
2 . A square steel plate , a minimum of 114 inch (6 . 5 mm) thick and having a width equal
to twice the diameter of the riser, shall be welded to the base of the riser. The plate
shall then be covered with 2 .5 feet (76 cm) of stone, gravel , or compacted soil to
prevent floatation . (See Plate 4 .26d and Appendix 1 . 26A for design details) .
Barrel
The barrel of the principal spillway, which extends through the embankment, shall be
designed to carry the flow provided by the riser of the principal spillway with the water level
at the crest of the emergency spillway. The connection between the riser and the barrel
i must be watertight. The outlet of the barrel must be protected to prevent erosion or scour
of downstream areas . See Appendix 1 .26A for design details .
i
4-83
o
c 01
Z ? PRESSURE RELIEF
N HOLES 1 /2* DIA.
on
co
j A A O / OTOP STIFFENER (IF REQUIRED)
(rpI
IS —X_-)( — ANGLE WELDED
/ TO' TOP AND ORIENTED PER—O O PENDICULAR TO CORRUGATIONS.
fDx0 TOP IS — GAGE CORRUGATED
< O / O O METAL OR 11W STEEL PLATE.
1 PRESSURE RELIEF HOLES MAY
BE OMMITTED. IF ENDS OF TI
O CORRUGATIONS ARE LEFT FULLY O
OPEN WHEN THE TOP IS
v+
_' Plan View I I ATTACHED . m
0 J I O
f ED CYLINDER IS _GAGE CORRUGATED c+
TAGKINELD .?; -; i& ss ?=1rf . n krr+..;="m_e,;: fGeyfegN!:'! !1ry;,; METAL PIPE OR FABRICATED FROM O
ALL AROUND = .,':::. . ...... ..m. , . 1 /B, 7
:.T ':ti` 4l�`;-:_i :} �' a . s,ai : t'.tiiit' �,,�. h. - 41
.:.m.:. ._:.:::::�.: rt . N STEEL PLATE.
dddd
•A._... .: .�::'• . .. .. . ..
CD
NOTES : p_
MF��'x'..... a�Lii as MIN.
1 , THE CYLINDER MUST BE
FIRMLY FASTENED TO THE CDO
TOP OF THE RISER. -•
#6 x tY ? ' ''•'?� '' ' I' "�` 'd''_ suPPoai aAR SIZE2, SUPPORT BARS ARE WELDED
SPACER BMi n;41i}:.yi�;R; , . "rr � -� � ;:�+tl, (/6 REBAR MIN.) TO THE TOP OF THE RISER- p
(TrPICAL) ,.:, . .:,� .:- „' ' ::::,:•. :: : '::::. OR ATTACHED BY STRAPS
iiLK;i;"'iFi'?!'ci;?{ii Y#(i±i = t2ii^?'r" BOLTED TO TOP OF RISER. N
H
alsmDIAMETER l I
CD
0
O
z
Section A•A Isometric (n
v
A O
c
oD d
A
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Cf) ® - 2
OD CAI j qK ¥ G ) ( : _,
� .
\ M d § f §
50.
_ 03
( 0 § 110 ( f / CD
/ \ ) » � n «
q oT / ,
e g 12M\ \ ]
� G ±Immim a-
. \ \k @ m2 .,
.ti
� & §
k .
° [
\ / ® _ CL
\
5m E
CLK /
\ CD
7
/ M
mmll-
rrl IT
/
rmmmm . }
( —
. � .
otto
C M
n
CD A
N Qmm
Om
j M g � �m
FCom
p m FzK
�li �:l';l lalli(�!y ilius;, O N
N !I
nCD
O �ii�:iif� l!r� . ;ri. IliI.rij m� •rm.,S;!!!i: i;l i�,a!,; s
fn
,,
If ! BCW. m
i!Willi "i19I1I� ! { 11111111
tIMj
I
.,1 , ..If! :�{
I i0 :,.; .1
: No
N
l ' i�P.lit .jlt `I
i{ Fd� '� ! :�: � 0:hi!x :l !'si,i: . :y=:�;jff .:,n. O.
pii..!�I ,r,.thi� hl:+':;h! 4
ltd: l. ,1E en
d
CD
fD
3
n
O
7
4
O
7
N
(D
n
0
O
'L
N
N
A C
O N
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Anti-seep collars
Anti-seep collars shall be used on the barrel of the principal spillway within the normal
saturation zone of the embankment to increase the seepage length by at least 10 % , if
either of the following two conditions is met:
1 . The settled height of the embankment exceeds 10 feet (3 m) .
2 . The embankment has a low silt-clay content (Unified Soil Classes SM or GM) and
the barrel is greater than 10 inches (25 cm) in diameter.
The anti-seep collars shall be installed within the saturated zone . The maximum spacing
" between collars shall be 14 times the projection of the collar above the barrel. Collars shall
not be closer than 2 feet (60 cm) to a pipe joint. Collars should be placed sufficiently far
apart to allow space for hauling and compacting equipment. Connections between the .
collars and the barrel shall be watertight. See Plate 4 . 26e and Appendix 1 . 26A for design
procedure and details .
Emergency Spillway
The emergency spillway shall consist of an open channel constructed next to the
embankment over undisturbed material or properly compacted fill . The spillway shall have
a control section at least 20 feet (6 m) in length . The control section is a level portion of
the spillway channel at the highest elevation in the channel . (See Appendix 1 . 26A and
Plate 4 . 26f) . The primary spillway and the emergency spillway shall both discharge to
stabilized outlets . (See Plate 4 . 26g) .
..
Capacity
The emergency spillway shall be designed to carry the peak rate of runoff expected from a
10-year storm, less any reduction due to the flow through the principal spillway . See
Appendix 1 . 26A for design details .
�. Design elevations
The design high water through the emergency spillway shall be at least one foot (30 cm)
below the top of the embankment. The crest of the emergency spillway channel shall be at
least one foot (30 cm) above the crest of the principal spillway.
Location
The emergency spillway channel shall be located to avoid fill material . If constructed on fill ,
the fill will be properly compacted in lifts . The channel shall be located so as to avoid sharp
turns or bends . The channel shall return the flow of water to a defined channel
downstream from the embankment.
4-87
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual '
r
EMERGENCY r
SPILLWAY
r
TOP OF
EMBANKMENT
ARREL
r
SEDIM} NT RISER WITH
BASIN TRASH RACK-y
STABILIZED
OUTLET r
r
PLAN `
TRASH RACK EMBANKMENT r
5TA31L1ZED
CLEANOUT / EMERGENCY SPILLWAY WITH VEGETATION
MARK i 1 FT F♦ REWARD
3- =.i:?w+;;�::;✓. . I FT MIN r
ENGINEERED BARREL
SPILLWAY
2 FT I C SELECTED FILL - I
II I�iIN
PLAND COMPA D ��_ 5TA51LIZED r
-1 11 7 I , I t= I 1=1 - OUTLET
jam\N
ANTI-SEEP COLLAR
DRAiNA6E HOLES ANTI-FLOTATION TYP. OF 2
BLOCK
r
SECTION
NOTES,
1. THE TEMPORARY SEDIMENT BASIN, DE516NED
BY A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL, 15 REQUIRED
FOR 1215TJR5ED AREAS GREATER THAN 5 ACRES
WITHIN A DRAINAGE AREA LESS THAN 100 ACrZ�S.
2 . THE: SEDIMENT BASIN WILL BE REMOVED WITH-
IN a YEARS. r
Plate 4, 26g Sediment Basin r
Source: Erosion Draw
r
4-88
+
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Maximum velocities
The maximum allowable velocity in the emergency spillway channel will depend upon the
type of lining used . For vegetated linings, allowable velocities are listed in Table 5 . 35a
(STORMWATER CONVEYANCE CHANNEL - Section 5.35 - ES BMP 1 .35). For
non -erodible linings , such as concrete or asphalt paving and riprap , design velocities may
+ be increased . However, the emergency spillway channel shall return the flow to the natural
channel at a non -eroding velocity. See Appendix 1 .26A for design details .
Stabilization of the Embankment and Basin
The embankment of the sediment basin shall be temporarily seeded within 15 days after its
+ completion as perTEMPORARY SEEDING - Section 6 .65 (ES BMP 1 .65) . If excavation is
required in the basin , side slopes should not be steeper than 2: 1 .
Cleanout
Sediment shall be removed from the basin when the capacity is reduced to 55 cubic yards
per acre ( 104 M3/ha) of drainage area . This elevation should be clearly marked, preferably
on the riser. Plans for the sediment basin shall state the methods for disposing of
sediment removed from the basin . Possible alternatives are the use of the material in fill
+ areas on-site or removal to an approved off-site dump .
Final removal
Sediment basin plans shall show the final disposition of the sediment basin after the
upstream drainage area is stabilized . The plans shall specify methods for the removal of
+ excess water lying over the sediment, stabilization of the basin site , and the disposal of any
excess material . Sediment shall not be flushed into the stream or drainageway.
Safety
Sediment basins are attractive to children and can be very dangerous . Therefore , they
should be fenced or otherwise made inaccessible to persons or animals unless this is
deemed unnecessary due to the remoteness of the site or other circumstances .
Strategically placed signs around the impoundment reading " DANGER-QUICKSAND"
.. should also be installed . In any case , local ordinances and regulations regarding health
and safety must be adhered to.
.. Construction Specifications
Site Preparation
r
Areas under the embankment and any structural works shall be cleared , grubbed , and
stripped of topsoil to remove trees , vegetation , roots , or other objectionable material . In
.. order to facilitate cleanout and restoration , the pool area (measured at the top of the
principal spillway) will be cleared of all brush and trees .
449
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
D
D 2 NO SCALE
INFLOW �\ -
`B r— RISER
D/Z�
C L = TOTAL DISTANCE FR0M r
NORMAL POOL ` THE POINT OF INFLOW
AROUND THE BAFFLE TO
THE RISER.
NORNAL POOL
0/2 L RISER
D ` `.BAFFNp
NORMAL POOL RISER INFLOW
1
BAFFLE
n D •
D/2
�L N '`.` . /i L2
L - L1 + L2
INFLOW •
SHEETS OF 4' X V X 1 /Y EXTERIOR IV
PLYWOOD OR EOUNALENi •
RISER CREST ELEVATION
4' POSTS MIN. SIZE 4 SQUARE •
j t 1 j I OR S ROUND, SET AT
I I I LEAST T INTO THE GROUND.
8'
Plate 4.26h Example Plan Views of Baffle Locations in Sediment Basins
Source: NRCS
•
4-90
•
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Cutoff Trench
For earth fill embankments , a cutoff trench shall be excavated along the centerline of the
dam . The minimum depth shall be 2 feet (60 cm) . The cutoff trench shall extend up both
abutments to the riser crest elevation . The minimum bottom width shall be 4 feet (1 . 2 m) ,
but wide enough to allow operation of compaction equipment. The side slopes shall be no
steeper than 1 : 1 . Compaction requirements shall be the same as those for the
embankment. The trench shall be drained during the backfilling-compacting operations.
Embankment
The fill material shall be taken from approved borrow areas . It shall be clean mineral soil ,
free of roots , woody vegetation , oversized stones , rocks , or other objectionable material .
Areas on which fill is to be placed shall be scarified prior to placement of fill . The fill
material should contain sufficient moisture so that it can be formed by hand into a ball
without crumbling . If water can be squeezed out of the ball , it is too wet for proper
compaction . Fill material will be placed in 6 to 8 inch (15 to 20 cm) continuous layers over
the entire length of the fill . Compaction shall be obtained by routing the hauling equipment
over the fill so that the entire surface of the fill is traversed by at least one wheel or tread
track of the equipment, or by using a compactor. The embankment shall be constructed to
an elevation 10% higher than the design height to allow for settlement if compaction is
obtained with hauling equipment. If compactors are used for compaction , the overbuild
may be reduced to not less than 5% .
Principal Spillway
The riser of the principal spillway shall be securely attached to the barrel by a watertight
connection . The barrel and riser shall be placed on a firm compacted soil foundation . The
base of the riser shall be firmly anchored according to design criteria to prevent its floating .
Pervious material such as sand , gravel or crushed stone shall not be used as backfill
around the barrel or anti-seep collars . Fill material shall be placed around the pipe in 4
inch ( 10 cm) layers and compacted by hand at least to the same density as the
embankment. A minimum of two feet (60 cm) of fill shall be hand-compacted over the
barrel before crossing it with construction equipment.
Emergency Spillway
The emergency spillway should not be constructed over fill material . Design elevations,
widths , entrance and exit channel slopes are critical to the successful operation of the
spillway and should be adhered to closely during construction .
Vegetative Stabilization
The embankment and emergency spillway of the sediment basin shall be stabilized with
temporary vegetation within 15 days of completion of the basin as per TEMPORARY
.. SEEDING - Section 6 .65 (ES BMP 1 .65) .
4-91
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
EMERGENCY SPILLWAY
CREST
DESIGN HIGH WATER
h
r- -7
ANTI-SEEP
ANTI-VORTEXCOLLARS
DEVICE Or N
RISER
BARREL
IA DP
r
CONCRETE BASE
L r
H = HEAD ON PIPE THROUGH EMBANKMENT
h = HEAD OVER RISER CREST
L = LENGTH OF PIPE THROUGH EMBANKMENT
DP = DIAMETER OF PIPE THROUGH EMBANKMENT
Dr = DIAMETER OF RISER
r
Plate 4.261 Principal Spillway Design
Source: Virginia DSWC
4-92 -
i
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Erosion and Sediment Control
The construction of the sediment basin shall be carried out in a manner such that erosion
and water pollution are minimized downstream .
w
Final Disposal
When temporary structures have served their intended purpose and the contributing
drainage area has been properly stabilized , the embankment and resulting sediment
deposits are to be leveled or otherwise disposed of according to the approved pollution
control plan .
Maintenance
The embankment of the basin should be checked regularly to ensure that it is structurally
sound and has not been damaged by erosion or construction equipment. The emergency
spillway should be checked regularly to ensure that its lining is well established and
erosion- resistant. The basin should be checked after each runoff-producing rainfall for
s sediment cleanout. When the sediment reaches the cleanout level mark , it shall be
removed and properly disposed of.
Information to be Submitted for Approval
Sediment Basin designs and construction plans submitted for review to the appropriate
regulatory agency shall include :
1 . Specific location of the dam .
2 . Plan view of dam , storage basin and emergency spillway.
3 . Cross-sections and profiles of dam , principal spillway and emergency spillway.
4 . Details of pipe connections , riser to pipe connection , riser base , anti-seep collars,
trash rack, and anti-vortex device .
5 . Runoff calculations for 10-year frequency storm.
6 . Storage Computations
a . Total required
b . Total available
C. Level of sediment at which cleanout shall be required ; to be stated as a
distance from the riser crest to the sediment surface .
i
7 . Calculations showing design of pipe and emergency spillway.
4-93
r
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
rt� r
LEVEL PORTION L CREST AND CONTROL- SECTION
r
-_—�► FLOW �` r
r
APPROACH C
CHANNEL BERM EXIT SECTOR
1 _
NOTE NEITHER THE LOCATION
NOR ALIGNMENT OF THE
IP CONTROL SECTION HAS
TO COINCIDE WITH THE r
CENTERUNE OF THE DAM.
EMBANKMENT
rt r
L
Plan View r
r
WATER SURFACE X- LENCTH OF
EXIT CHANNEL
STAGE (HP) CONTROL SECTION
lH1N- 20' EXIT SECTOR
r
LEVEL OR
GREATER
APPRQACH
CHANNEL S
•
Profile Along Centerline 2 IDO'
1 � -
d
r
b
Cross-Section at Control Section
Plate 4.26j Excavated Earth Spillway r
Source: NRCS
r
4-94
r
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
r
i
' 10. OR LESS
D
i
d
Q tg •� : D/2
r
2D CONCRETE
r
Concrete Base for Embankment 10 ' or Less in Height
i
r
10' OR LESS
+ D
r
0 r
42D
i
1 /4• STEEL PLATE
4
r
Steel Base for Embankment 10' or Less in Height
r
Plate 4.26k Riser Pipe Base Conditions for Embankments Less than 10 Feet High
Source: Virginia DSWC
4-95
INS
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
tr
C=uG cNN$ V COLLMRIICII fAUM 10 DE of SWC GIDE wS IME
MPE MIM M 04 D M IACD
NIII•ItIOIA WEID � BID
t /S Y T ADDED H0LE5 FOR IT WN
3/F DVNEIFR BOLLS.
} • • lTr
BCD B/Aq 7
W`3D BOM SIp6
SCARED MOUS (? IR:I]Ey MEED
� OVEU) Ar " SECTION B — B rain;orD 10
O
ELEVATION OF UNASSEMBLED COLLAR OR
3. UNASSEMBLED COLLARS SHALL BE MARKED BY
NOTES FOR COEURS: PAINTING OR TAGGING TO IDENTIFY MATCHING
PAIRS,
1 . ALL MATERIALS TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 4. THE LAP BETWEEN THE TWO HALF SECTIONS
CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL AND BETWEEN THE PIPE AND CONNECTING BAND
SPECIFICATIONS. SHALL BE CAULKED WITH ASPHALT MASTIC AT
2. WHEN SPECIFIED ON THE PUNS. COATING OF TIME OF INSTALLATION.
COLLARS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH S. EACH COLLAR SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH TWO
CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL 1 /Y DIAMETER RODS WITH STANDARD TANK
SPECIFICATIONS. LUGS FOR CONNECTING COLLARS TO PIPE.
DETAIL
Corrugated Metal
WEU) 1 1/S E 1 1/C % 1 t/C AWAM TO COLLAR OR BEND A 26
SIZE AND SPACING OF SLATTED �'� t '/� `'10C ^� �O1M• °M1'''""D' r
OPENINGS SHALL BE THE SAME
AS SHOWN FOR CM COLLAR . 1I/Y NOTE FOR BANDS AND COLLARS:
USE RODS AND LUGS TO CLAMP ,IIS SHOWN
MODIFICATIONS B OF THE DETAILS
BANDS SECURELY TO PIPE. '" il SHOWN MAY BE USED PROVIDING
\ J1 T/Y EQU+LL WATERTIGHTNESS ISMAINTAINED AND DETAILED
t�
,� DRAWINGS ARE SUBMITTED AND
t7 Rnt APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR
TO DELIVERY.
t�
BwD w
ISOMETRIC VIEW
t{7µ COLLARS A AMC. lD in
w=v= T]IES 0r MEIYYL Y , AMD r
RM) lJAT WG MSDFD MITI A CONn"uW3 MOO,
NOTE: FOR DETAILS OF FABRICATION DIMENSIONS. MINIMUM GAGES,
SLOTTED HOLES, AND NOTES, SEE DETAIL ABOVE. WIN
METH omn TO BE
wM= TO CEMIE! OF NOTE: TWO OTHER TYPES OF ANTI—SEEP COLLARS ARE:
IEiIGµ MC BYO
1 . WELDED
METAL, SIMILAR E UPPER, EXCEPT PIPE
WELDED TO A SNORT CONNECTING
SECTION OF THE PIPE ANDCONNECTED _
PARTIAL ELEVATION 2. CONCRETE, SILK INCHES THCK FORMED AROUND PTHE PIPE
as+ _ rtm WITH /3 REBAR SPACED 15' HORIZONTALLY AND VERTICALLY.
WIN
DETAIL
Helical Pipe
011
Plate 4.26L Anti-seep Collar Details
Source: NRCS
01100
4-96
r
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
PROMOE ADEOUATE POLYETHYLENE CAP
« ST1APPING
r
-- - DEPTH
-- VARIES AS
TACK WELD - -- . REQUIRED
e. PERFORATED POLYETHYLENE FOR ' DRY
- - DRAINAGE TUBING, DIAMETER STORAGE
VARIES (SEE CALCULATIONS IN
APPENDIX 3.14—A)
WET
' FERNco—SME ' COUPLING STORAGE
r
DEWATERING ORIFICE,
CORRUGATED METAL RISER SCHEDULE 40 STEEL STUB 1 —FOOT MINIMUM,
.�
DIAMETER VARIES (SEE CALCULATIONS IN
APPENDIX_ 3.14—A)
Plate 4.26m Perforated Pipe Sediment Basin Dewatering Device
Source: Virginia DSWC
6'
Clean Masonry Sand Riser
sw
Welded or
o
p 4' fth Padon Plastic Placed Mortared Jo'uM1
Minirnorn with Pedoration5 Down Gullet
1_
r place Fuer Fabric
Bedding over Pipe
10'
Minimum Riser
Gross-Section Drain Connection
Pipe in Trench
Embanbnent
Edge of Pool
Riser
�Banel
sees
s
zs s
.. S
Pedorated Pipe in Trench NOTE:
pian Yew
r
Bottom of Basin ,
Pmi le
5% Minimum Grade — —.
Plate 4. 26n Dewatering a Sediment Basin with Subsurface Drain
Source: NRCS
r
4-97
r
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspectors Manual
This page left intentionally blank r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
4-98
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
4.30 TEMPORARY SLOPE DRAIN
( ES BMP 1 .30)
Definition
A flexible tubing or conduit extending from the top to the bottom of a cut or fill slope .
Purpose
To temporarily convey concentrated stormwater runoff safely down the face of a cut or fill
slope without causing erosion problems on or below the slope .
Conditions Where Practice Applies
.. On cut or fill slopes before permanent stormwater drainage structures are installed .
Planning Considerations
There is often a significant lag between the time a cut or fill slope is completed and the
time a permanent drainage system can be installed . During this period , the slope is usually
not stabilized and is particularly vulnerable to erosion . This situation also occurs on slope
construction which is temporarily delayed before final grade is reached . Temporary slope
drains can provide valuable protection of exposed slopes until permanent drainage
structures can be installed .
Earthen Dike
Corrugated Metal ( Compacted )
i Extension Collar A
Waterproof Seal r
/ _D D+6"
/ .,.,. „•24 : 1 _
A - Jill
Provide Outlet o _ ! �—= 11 — II - I .liF� SII VIII �Illl_
Protection I c Standard Flared
End Section
I - !I 1111=JIII�If�
Section
s
.� Earthen Dike
( Compacted ) g'1
III — -- IIS— III���� II I II�II�Ic�=
�I I — ll � III.'—� III� II III�IIII
Section A-A
Plate 4.30a Temporary Slope Drain
Source: Virginia SWCC
w
4-99
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual `
s
r
DIVERSION DIKE
r
Q
0 STANDARD
L METAL END
O 5EGTION IN
F-
oo
�
STRAP 04
o act
0
-STABILIZED
OUTLET r
FLEXIBLE DO"WRAIN '°o oOOil 4 � a
\\\ 'S PLASTIC PIPE OR O o�4� d" r GK SEWN FILTER �e0 •Do
FABRIC. 'Oo•O
r
ISLANDOVE
;1
INLET
IL -
PLAN VIEW
r
DIVERSION -
ISLAND STRAP r
OVER INLET
jEXTENSION r
COLLAR
STABILIZED
OUTLET r
o ,
1�• a
r
SECTION
r
Plate 4.30b Slope Drain
Source: Erosion Draw
r
4-100
r
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
' When used in conjunction with diversion dikes , temporary slope drains can be used to
convey stormwater from the entire drainage area above a slope to the base of the slope
without erosion . It is very important that these temporary structures be installed properly
' since their failure will often result in severe gully erosion . The entrance section must be
securely entrenched , all connections must be watertight, and the conduit must be staked
_ securely.
Desian Criteria
Drainage Area
The maximum allowable drainage area per drain is 5 acres (2 ha) .
i
Flexible Conduit
1 . The slope drain shall consist of heavy duty flexible material designed for this
purpose. The diameter of the slope drain shall be equal over its entire length .
Reinforced hold-down grommets shall be spaced at 10 foot (3 m) maximum
intervals.
2 . Slope drains shall be sized according to the following table :
Table 4.30a
SIZE OF SLOPE DRAIN
Maximum Drainage Area (Acres) Pipe Diameter (in .)
0 . 5 12
1 . 5 18
2 .5 21
3 . 5 24
r 5 . 0 30
Overside drain
For small flows and/or short slopes , an open top chute may be used in place of a pipe.
(See Plate 4 . 30c) .
r
Entrance Sections
r The entrance to the slope drain shall consist of a Standard FDOT " Flared End-Section for
Metal Pipe Culverts . Extension collars shall consist of 12 inch (30 cm) long corrugated
metal pipe. Watertight fittings shall be provided . (See Plates 4. 30d & 4 .30e) .
r
r
r
4- 101
i
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
•
lf— 10 FT MAX
C1
IL
0
+L
OPEN TOP CHUTE
e� a:
TAPERED INLET
ANCHORS
DISCHARGE TO
STABILIZED WATER'
W CORSE w
Y
R
O
w
OL
0
PLAN VIEW
DIKE
w
w
6 ' MIN.
OPEN TOP CHUTE
w
w
ANCHORS AT 10'-O' WITH
MIN. OF 36' EMBEDMENT `
w
a '
.off
SECTION
w
w
Plate 4.30c Overside Drain
Source: Erosion Draw
•
4- 102
w
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Dike Design
1 . An earthen dike shall be used to direct stormwater runoff into the temporary slope
' drain and shall be constructed according to the practice entitled DIVERSION -
Section 5 . 18 (ES BMP 1 . 18) . (See Plate 4 . 30a)
2 . The height of the dike at the centerline of the inlet shall be equal to the diameter of
the pipe (D) plus 6 inches ( 15 cm) . Where the dike height is greater than 18 inches
(45 cm) at the inlet, it shall be sloped at the rate of 3 : 1 or flatter to connect with the
remainder of the dike . (See Plate 4 . 30a)
Outlet Protection
The outlet of the slope drain shall be protected from erosion according to the practice
entitled OUTLET PROTECTION - Section 5 .36 (ES BMP 1 . 36) . (See Plate 4 .30b) .
Construction Specifications
1 . The measure shall be placed on undisturbed soil or well-compacted fill .
2 . The entrance section shall slope toward the slope drain at the minimum rate of
" '/zinch per foot (4 cm/m) .
3 . The soil around and under the entrance section shall be hand-tamped in 8 inch (20
cm) lifts to the top of the dike to prevent piping failure around the inlet.
4 . The slope drain shall be securely staked to the slope at the grommets provided .
.r
5 . The slope drain sections shall be securely fastened together and have watertight
fittings .
Maintenance
The slope drain structure shall be inspected weekly and after every storm , and shall have
repairs made if necessary. The contractor should avoid the placement of any material on
and prevent construction traffic across the slope drain .
' I
rb Po.
YPMm. I I
Pian ncrnns an
Plate 4. 30d Flared End Section Schematic
Source: VDHBT Road Designs and Standards
4-103
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
Alternate Connection
D,e
5a Lug
Toe pacts , vanere needed , to be punched to match holes in skirt IIP• 3/8" goav , bons
to be lurrnsned Length of toe plate is W • 10 " for t2" 30" dia pipe and W " 22"
for 36 " to 60" b die. Pipe. r
Skirt Section for 12 " to 30" did. pipe to be made in ons piece - nvel -
Skirt Section for 36" 10 64" dia. Pipe mY be made from two she' s Joined by
inq or bolting on center lox, 60" may be constructed in 3 pieces.
connector Section, Corner Plate and Toar Plate to be Same shed, thiunesscs skirt
End - sections and Idnngs oft Io be galvanized sled or aluminum allay for use .nth
like pipe.
Jim Approt. 2y2 : 1 Slope
I
Typical Cross - Section e'
T
SHEET DIMENSIONS 8" Toe
PIP £ (THICK- A 8 H L W c �, Plate
DIA NESS IT M I" Taj 70-ral
4" I ! a" 1 a"
15 " .084" 7" I 8 " 6" 26 ( 30" 24"
18" 1 064" 8" ' I 6• ( I ' f
24" .06a' 10" 13" 6" 1 4 I ' 1 a 8" 24"
30" .079" 12"
36" .079" 14" I lo • 9" " i 7 3 "
42 l09 16 1 22' II ' 69 1 84 36" ee
48' 1 C9 18" 1 2 . ' : 2 ? 8" 90" . 24"
54" 109" 1 18 30 i 12" 8a' I 36"
1 60Tta*+e 1 18r • + + 12 l 8 7" 1 114 " I
FLARED END-SECTION
( Continued )
Plate 4.30e Flared End Section Specifications
Source: VDH&T Road Designs and Standards
r
4-104
■
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
4.38 TEMPORARY CHECK DAMS
Definition
Small temporary dams constructed across a swale or stormwater conveyance channel .
Purpose
To reduce the velocity of concentrated stormwater flows , thereby reducing erosion of the
swale or ditch . This practice also traps small amounts of sediment generated in the ditch
itself. These sediments will require periodic removal . However, this is not a sediment
trapping practice and should not be used as such .
Conditions Where Practice Applies
r This practice is limited to use in small open channels which drain 10 acres (4 ha) or less . It
should not be used in a live stream . This practice is especially applicable to sloping sites
where the gradient of waterways is close to the maximum for a grass lining . Some specific
applications include:
1 . Temporary ditches or swales which , because of their short length of service , cannot
r receive a non-erodible lining but still need some protection to reduce erosion .
2 . Permanent ditches or swales which for some reason cannot receive a permanent
non-erodible lining for an extended period of time .
3 . Either temporary or permanent ditches or swales which need protection during the
r establishment of grass linings. .
_ Planning Considerations
Temporary check dams can be constructed of filter fence or straw bales for very short term
applications ; or either stone or logs for longer or permanent applications . Filter fence and
straw bale check dams are economical to purchase and simple to install . Log check dams
are economical as for material costs, since logs can usually be salvaged from clearing
operations . However, log check dams require more time and hand labor to install . Stone
for check dams , on the other hand , must generally be purchased . However, this cost is
offset somewhat by the ease of installation .
Specifications
No formal design is required for a check dam; however, the following criteria should be
adhered to when specifying check dams .
r
s
4-105
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
r
O
J r
LL
yyr I L
i
Z Z Z Z
f 4
1m m m Imp
O q�� µOS aaO r
O O O O
PLAN VIEW r
4' TO b' LOGS
4' MAX r`
I5' TO 24' ri
VIEW LOOKING UPSTREAM
V = THE DISTANCE SUCH THAT POINTS 'A' AND 15' r
ARE OF EQUAL ELEVATION
'L'
i
POINT 'A' POINT 15'
r
i
SPACING BETWEEN CHECK DAMS
r
NOTE:
KEY THE EN05 OF THE CHECK
DAM INTO THE CHANNEL SANK.
LOGS SHALL BE PRESSURE
TREATED IF GRADE STA51LIZATION r
STRUCTURE 15 INTENDED TO 5E
PERr.IANENT.
r
Plate 4.38a Log Check Dam
Source: Erosion Draw
r
4-106
■
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
' The drainage area of the ditch or swale being protected should not exceed 10 acres (4 ha) .
The maximum height of the check dam should be 2 feet (60 cm) . The center of the check
dam must be at least 6 inches ( 15 cm) lower than the outer edges. (See Plate 4 . 38a) The
' cross-sections of the dams should be as shown in Plates 4 .38a through 4 . 38d ,
respectively, for logs , stone , straw bales , and filter fence. The maximum spacing between
the dams should be such that the toe of the upstream dam is at the same elevation as the
' top of the downstream dam . (See Plate 4 .38c) .
Log check dams should be constructed of 4 to 6 inch (10 to 15 cm) logs salvaged from
' clearing operation site , if possible . The logs should be embedded into the soil at least 18
inches (45 cm) . The 6 inch ( 15 cm) lower height required at the center can be achieved
either by careful placement of the logs or by cutting the logs after they are in place . (See
Plate 4 . 38a) . Logs and/or brush should be placed on the downstream side of the dam to
prevent scour during high flows .
Stone check dams should be constructed of FDOT No. 1 Coarse Aggregate (1 . 5 to 3. 5
inch stone) (4 to 9 cm) . The stone should be placed according to the configuration in Plate
4 . 38b . Hand or mechanical placement will be necessary to achieve complete coverage of
• the ditch or swale and to insure that the center of the dam is lower than the ends . (See
Plates 4 . 38b & 4 .38e)
Straw bale and filter fence check dams shall be installed as per STRAW BALE BARRIER -
Section 4 .05 (Channel Flow Applications) (See Plates 4 .38c & 4 .38f) and SILT FENCE -
Section 4 . 06 (Channel Flow Applications) (See Plate 4 .38d ) .
Sediment Removal
While this practice is not intended to be used primarily for sediment trapping , some
sediment will accumulate behind the check dams . Sediment should be removed from
behind the check dams when it has accumulated to half of the original height of the dam.
r
Removal
Check dams must be removed when their useful life has been completed . In temporary
ditches and swales , check dams should be removed and the ditch filled in when it is no
longer needed . In permanent structures, check dams should be removed when a
permanent lining can be installed . In grass-lined ditches, check dams should be removed
when the grass has matured sufficiently to protect the ditch or swale . The area beneath
the check dams should be seeded and mulched or sodded (depending upon velocity)
immediately after they are removed.
If stone check dams are used in grass-lined channels which will be mowed , care should be
.. taken to remove all the stone from the dam when the dam is removed . This should include
any stone which has washed downstream . Since log check dams are embedded in the
soil, their removal will result in more disturbance of the soil than will removal of stone check
dams. Consequently , extra care should be taken to restabilize the area when log dams are
used in permanent ditches or swales .
4-107
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
r
� A I -
A
VIEW LOOKING UPSTREAM
NOTE:
KEY STONE INTO THE DITCH BANKS
AND EXTEND IT BEYOND THE ABUTMENTS
A MINIMUM OF IB' TO PREVENT OVER
FLOW AROUND DAM.
i
FLOW
8 ft.
SECTION A - A
w
Z' THE DISTANCE SUCH THAT POINTS 'A' AND
'B' AR: OF EQUAL ELEVATION.
1'
w
— — — e
POINT 'A' POINT 'B'
SPACING BETWEEN CHECK DAMS
Plate 4.38b Rock Check Dam
Source: Erosion Draw
w
4-108
w
IMF
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
r
MINIMUM.
l8 AEN BY VALUE WAEER
36 IND! SOLES OF Er 56L ES
'A
END POINTS ' MUST BE HICHiER I LO CR < I ,,
r THAM! FLOV LINE POINT 'B' ID - 35 2"
35 - 50 3"
A A 50 - TD 4..
I Tn ER > � �®
I' .. As&I rv° IF WATER
Id6 , u Z ARM PMW T VILL
IDT L n fi v E
A 1, END POINTS 'A' KET BE HIGtER
w
L 12itJI THAN FLOW LIME PRINT B'
OVERLAP SIDE BALES ON FLM I y AVLL
A _
w LINE BALES] TD PREVENT WS ,
.
aE ER eos SaFs IN OWOEL 'W+
ffn TS3ITLY Aa nlrn& EAEH OTHR I
r
,
GiTLY
D& VPH Bol MW BEw
GAPS
w I
LU K= E Y
I PL TINE LfUT04 Ei
I
I
r I R� �VISTREA+1 SL10'I
T)JA7 PgINT I I$ PFRi®C(MAm
LEVEL VITH THE LDVES11 E F
LU
a„EVATMY IF TFE Ni
pu#a EEMSiFEP11 SILO SUSL
EVEL VM TI£ LWESr GUJM1ELY
ELEVATIEN IF T!E IKTISJlI BYE
JIM
B - -
r _
sag
_ I
WIDE CHANNELS NARROW CHANNELS
I
w
i
Plate 4.38c Straw Bale Check Dam
w Source: HydroDynamics, Inc.
4-109
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
Maintenance •
Check dams should be checked for sediment accumulation after each significant rainfall .
Sediment should be removed when it reaches one-half of the original height or before .
Regular inspections should be made to insure that the center of the dam is lowerthan the
edges. Erosion caused by high flows around the edges of the dam should be corrected
immediately. •
r
Silt Flow
•
4 �
Note : Spocing for Type III Fence to be in •
accordance with Chart I. Sheet 1 of 3
and ditch installations of droinoge
structures Sheet 2 of J. 110
Type 17 Silt Fence
•
•
•
1 I
•
I I
AA
1 Flow 1 3 M
( •
Points A Should be Higher than Point B
Drainageway Installation
(Front Elevation)
Plate 4.38d Silt Fence Check Dam
Source: Installation of Straw and Fabric Filter Barriers for Sediment Control Sherwood and Wyant
•
4- 110
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
0-50 DOVNSTfEAM FLDVLAE Siff£ IF STRUCTURE IFT/FTT
CF 7 035 030 025 020 015 010
oNC}ESI MA)MV1 VATER DEPTH OVER R00c (IM}ES)
3 12 0T 15 2- - .9
6 12 L4 l6 2A Z6 3.9
RECOMMENDED ROCK SIZE & FLOW DEPTHS
END POINTS 'A' MUST BE F 0- ER
0.35 FT/FT OR FLATTER _ THAN FLOV LINE POINT 7
3 INCH IMINIMM FLOW LINE SLOPE
COIRSE RDCK
FLOV `
mmmillop a0wm�ara
. v
KNIIW DEPTH OF COLRSE D5 TO 1.5 FEET
ROCK SET IN 4 ROCK PLACED IN O-IW* EL DIFFERENCE
(MINIM"(MINIMTRENCH ' FL3V LIPS IS OS FEET
SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
FLDV
SSmi TMT ANT ISM"RE
i PPPFC0070-Y LEVEL VTTH
TFC LCVM GUM ELEVATM
ff TFE U'STW.PM SIRIXTUE
y r '
mmm
Plate 4.38e Rock Check Dam Details
Source: HydroDynamics, Inc.
4-111
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
r
s 3 3
f I LL iz 1 r
° 5FILLru+Y °
°
°
r
CHANNEL BANK PLAN POINT 'A'
•
1111 — — — —
:240 MAX.A 111111
24' X, POINTS'
1
U
VIEW LOOKING UPSTREAM
ILI
PONDING HEIGHT
'L' = THE D15TANCE SUCH THAT POINTS `G'
AND POINTS 'D' ARE OF EQUAL ELEVATION. n
POINT 'C' POINT 'D' I I
OPTIONAL
ENERGY �
/ D1551PATOR
/ / / Q \
EMBED STRAW \ \ \
BALE 4" MIN.
INTO 501L.
U SECTION A - A II u
SPACING BETWEEN CHECK DAMS
T'c5: 5 . PLACE BALES PERPENDICULAR TO THE
NO
1 . £MEED BALES 4" INTO THE SOIL AND 'K-�''(' PLOVJ WITH ENDS TIGHTLY ABUT IW5. US'c r
CHANNEL BANKS. 5TRAY
JI ROCK5 OR FILTER FABRIC TO FILL
BALES INTO THE. POINT 'A' MUST .H HIEL B THAN POINT 'b '. AW GAPS AND TAMP BACKFILL MATERIAL
2
:SPILLWAY FIGHT) TO PREVENT EROSION OR PLOW AROUND
TH£ BALES.
4. SPILLWAY HE16HT SHALL NOT EXCEED 24
5. INSPECT AFTER EACH 516MFICANT STORM,
MAINTAIN AND REPAIR PROMPTLY.
r
Plate 4.38f Straw Bale Check Dam Details
Source: Erosion Draw
4-112
■
i
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
• 4.40 DEWATERING
Definition
Lowering the water table by means of pumping .
i
Purpose
To allow the construction of structural and stormwater improvements by removing water
i from excavation areas and allowing construction by conventional "dry" methods .
Planning Considerations
The major planning consideration in dewatering is disposal of removed water. Volume ,
quality, and topography are the factors governing the method and destination of removed
i water. Discharge from well-point dewatering is relatively clear except for the initial
discharge after installation or inactivity. Water pumped from a sump hole is thoroughly
sediment laden and must always be treated . Turbid water must either be filtered before
leaving the site or must be impounded onsite and allowed to settle . In flat terrain it is
sometimes more economical to impound relatively clean water rather than pipe it long
•
distances to a receiving water body.
Specifications
" The two most common methods of dewatering used in Florida are well-point systems and
sump pumps . A well-point system consists of one or more rows of small 2" (5 cm) collector
pipes which are jetted vertically into the ground near the proposed excavation . The small
" pipes are connected by a larger 6" (15 cm) manifold pipe which is connected to the pump
and discharge line . The sump method is simply a hole in the ground with a pump drawing
all of the water flowing into the hole . Excess water is conveyed to the sump by open
ditches or perforated pipes embedded in sand or gravel.
Sumps and Ditches
•
The water table is lowered by ditching and conveying water to a lowered sump hole . Water
pumped from a sump hole is usually heavily laden with sediments. Water flowing over
i disturbed and saturated ground detaches and transports all sizes of soil particles into the
sump pit to be sucked up by the pump . Saturated liquid soil (mud) is also drawn into the
pump . The discharged water must be treated before release into a receiving water body or
• stormwater system . Placing haybales around the pump intake or outlet is not sufficient
filtration. by itself. Turbid water must either be impounded long enough for effective settling
of fines , or filtered through a temporary filter or sediment tank. Initially the water may
• percolate freely into the ground , however this will diminish as the fine particles settle and
clog the surface layer of soil . In situations which preclude the use of filtration or settlement
facilities , and turbid water is discharged directly into a water body, a suitably designed
floating turbidity barrier must be used . Note that this method does not remove any
sediments , it merely allows for dilution to lower the turbidity level.
•
4-113
•
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
.r
Horizontal Wells
This system also consists of a series of ditches leading to a sump hole or pump . The
ditches are filled with sand or gravel surrounding a perforated pipe. A geotextile may also
be used to prevent excessive migration of fines into the system . The discharged water
must be treated before release as described above .
Well-point Systems .,
The well-point system is the preferred system for dewatering and should be used whenever
possible . The initial discharge yields the sediments displaced by the installation of the r
small collector pipes. This can be directed into the excavation , a small settling or filtration
facility , or larger temporary impoundment. Thereafter the water is generally clear ground
water and may be discharged into a receiving water body provided that there is suitable
conveyance .
Maintenance
1 . Any water impoundment must be inspected daily to prevent failure of dikes , berms ,
or control structures . Minor problems should be repaired at once . Major problems
will require a redesign and plan modification .
2 . Any filtration device must be inspected and cleaned frequently . The discharge
should be monitored daily and whenever the pumps are started . Inspection and
maintenance of the system are best performed when the facility is dry. The first
signs of diminished performance should be an alarm that maintenance is required .
If the facility will no longer drain itself, the untreated water must be pumped back to
its source, rather than by-passing the facility and discharging to the water body or
stormwater system . _
3 . Floating turbidity barriers shall be maintained as per FLOATING TURBIDITY
BARRIER - Section 4 .45
M
4-114 '
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
4.45 FLOATING TURBIDITY BARRIER
Definition
A floating geotextile material which minimizes sediment transport from a disturbed area
adjacent to or within a body of water.
Purpose
To provide sedimentation protection for a watercourse from up-slope land disturbance
where conventional erosion and sediment controls cannot be used , or from dredging or
filling within the watercourse.
Conditions Where Practice Applies
Applicable to non-tidal and tidal watercourses where intrusion into the watercourse by
construction activities has been permitted and subsequent sediment movement is
_ unavoidable .
Planning Considerations
Soil loss into a watercourse results in long-term suspension of sediment. In time , the
suspended sediment may travel large distances and affect widespread areas . A turbidity
curtain is designed to deflect and contain sediment within a limited area and provide
enough residence time so that soil particles will fall out of suspension and not travel to
other areas .
Turbidity curtain types must be selected based on the flow conditions within the water
body, whether it be a flowing channel , lake , pond , or a tidal watercourse . The
specifications contained within this practice pertain to minimal and moderate flow
conditions where the velocity of flow may reach 5 feet (1 .5 m) per second (or a current of
approximately 3 knots). For situations where there are greater flow velocities or currents , a
qualified engineer and product manufacturer should be consulted .
Consideration must also be given to the direction of water movement in channel flow
situations . Turbidity curtains are not designed to act as water impoundment dams and
cannot be expected to stop the flow of a significant volume of water. They are designed
and installed to trap sediment, not to halt the movement of water itself. Inmost situations ,
turbidity curtains should not be installed across channel flows .
In tidal or moving water conditions , provisions must be made to allow the volume of water
contained within the curtain to change . Since the bottom of the curtain is weighted and
external anchors are frequently added , the volume of water contained within the curtain will
be much greater at high tide verses low tide and measures must be taken to prevent the
curtain from submerging . In addition to allowing slack in the curtain to rise and fall , water
must be allowed to flow through the curtain if the curtain is to remain in roughly the same
place and maintain the same shape. Normally, this is achieved by constructing part of the
curtain from a heavy woven filter fabric. The fabric allows the water to pass through the
4-115
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
curtain , but retains the sediment particles . Consideration should be given to the volume of r
water that must pass through the fabric and sediment particle size when specifying fabric
permeability.
r
Sediment which has been deflected and settled out by the curtain may be removed if so
directed by the on-site inspector or the permitting agency. However, consideration must
be given to the probable outcome of the procedure - will it create more of a sediment r
problem by resuspension of particles and by accidental dumping of the material by the
equipment involved? It is , therefore , recommended that the soil particles trapped by a
turbidity curtain only be removed if there has been a significant change in the original r
contours of the effected area in the watercourse . Regardless of the decision made, soil
particles should always be allowed to settle for a minimum of 6- 12 hours before their
removal by equipment or before removal of a turbidity curtain . r
It is imperative that the intended function of the other controls in this chapter, to keep
sediment out of the watercourse , be the strategy used in every erosion control plan .
However, when proximity to the watercourse makes successfully mitigating sediment loss `
impossible , the use of the turbidity curtain during land disturbance is essential . Underno
circumstances shall permitted land disturbing activities create violations of water
r
quality standards!
Design Criteria
r
1 . Type I configuration (see Plate 4 .45a) should be used in protected areas where
there is no current and the area is sheltered from wind and waves.
•
2 . Type II configuration (see Plate 4 .45a) should be used in areas where there may
be small to moderate current running (up to 2 knots or 3 .5 feet ( 1 m) per second)
and/or wind and wave action can affect the curtain . `
3 . Type 111 configuration (see Plate 4 .45b) should be used in areas where considerable
current (up to 3 knots or 5 feet (1 . 5 m) per second) may be present, where tidal
action may be present, and/or where the curtain is potentially subject to wind and
wave action .
r
4 . Turbidity curtains should extend the entire depth of the watercourse whenever the
watercourse in question is not subject to tidal action and/or significant wind and
wave forces. This prevents silt laden water from escaping under the barrier,
scouring and resuspending additional sediments .
5. In tidal and/or wind and wave action situations , the curtain should never be so long r
as to touch the bottom . A minimum 1 foot (30 cm) "gap" should exist
between the weighted lower end of the skirt and the bottom at "mean" low water.
Movement of the lower skirt over the bottom due to tidal reverses orwind and s
wave action on the flotation system may fan and stir sediments already settled out.
6 . In tidal and/or wind and wave action situations , it is seldom practical to extend a r
turbidity curtain depth lower than 10 to 12 feet (3 to 4 m) below the surface , even
in deep water. Curtains which are installed deeper than this will be subject to very
large loads with consequent strain on curtain materials and the mooring system .
4- 116
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
In addition , a curtain installed in such a manner can "billow up" toward the surface
under the pressure of the moving water, which will result in an effective depth which
is significantly less than the skirt depth .
r
7 . Turbidity curtains should be located parallel to the direction of flow of a moving body
of water. Turbidity curtains should not be placed across the main flow of a
significant body of moving water.
8 . When sizing the length of the floating curtain , allow an additional 10 - 20% variance
in the straight line measurements . This will allow for measuring errors, make
installing easier and reduce stress from potential wave action during high winds.
9 . An attempt should be made to avoid an excessive number of joints in the curtain ; a
minimum continuous span of 50 feet (15 m) between joints is a good 'Yule of
thumb ."
r
10 . For stability reasons , a maximum span of 100 feet (30 m) between anchor or stake
locations is also a good rule to follow.
i
11 . The ends of the curtain , both floating upper and weighted lower, should extend well
up into the shoreline, especially if high water conditions are expected . The ends
r should be secured firmly to the shoreline to fully enclose the area where sediment
may enter the water.
12 . When there is a specific need to extend the curtain to the bottom of the watercourse
in tidal or moving water conditions , a heavy woven pervious filter fabric may be
substituted for the normally recommended impervious geotextile . This creates a
.. "flow-through" medium which significantly reduces the pressure on the curtain and
will help to keep it in the same relative location and shape during the rise and fall
of tidal waters .
13 . Typical alignments of turbidity curtains can be seen in Plate 4 .45c. The number
and spacing of external anchors may vary depending on current velocities and
i potential wind and wave action ; manufacturer's recommendations should be
followed .
i 14. Be certain that the type , location , and installation of the barrier is as shown on the
approved plan and permit. Additional permits may be required in navigable
waterways, especially when the barrier creates an obstruction .
r
i
i
4- 117
r
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual
r
5/8 IN. POLYPROPYLENE ROPE
1/4 IN. TIE ROPE FLOATATION
r
rr
II
FOLDS FOR COMPACT STORAGE I I
PECDNOWYAlABIEDEPTH ACCORDING TO NEED TANDARD
NYLON REINFORCED VINYL ALL SEAMS HEAT SEALED 1 /4 IN. CHAIN
i
(BLOW-UP OF SHACKLE CONNECTION)
O
i
Type
i
18 (OR 22) OZ. VINYL COVERED NYLON GALVANIZED /24 SAFETY HOOK
TOP LOAD LINE
PVC SLOT-CONNECTOR SSR 5 / 16 VINYL COATED CABLE
STRESS . PLATE (TO REMOVE FLOATATION
PRESSURE FROM FLOATS)
•
r
100 FT. STANDARD LENGTH . FOLDS EVERY 6 FEET r
DEPTH ACCORDING TO NEED
WIN
STRESS BAND STRESS PLATE 5/16 IN. CHAIN
BALLAST k LOAD UNE
Type II
rr
Plate 4.45a Type I and II Floating Turbidity Barriers
Source: American Boom and Barrier Corporation
4- 118 ,�
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Construction Specifications
Materials
1 . Barriers should be a bright color (yellow or "international" orange are recommended)
that will attract the attention of nearby boaters .
2 . The curtain fabric must meet the minimum requirements noted in Table 3 .27-A.
3 . Seams in the fabric shall be either vulcanized welded or sewn , and shall develop
the full strength of the fabric.
4 . Floatation devices shall be flexible , buoyant units contained in an individual
floatation sleeve or collar attached to the curtain . Buoyancy provided by the
floatation units shall be sufficient to support the weight of the curtain and maintain
*� a freeboard of at least 3 inches (8 cm) above the water surface level . (See Plate
4.45c)
5 . Load lines. must be fabricated into the bottom of all floating turbidity curtains . Type
II and Type 111 must have load lines also fabricated into the top of the fabric. The top
load line shall consist of woven webbing or vinyl-sheathed steel cable and shall
have a break strength in excess of 10 ,000 pounds (4 .5 t) . The supplemental
(bottom) load-line shall consist of a chain incorporated into the bottom hem of the
curtain of sufficient weight to serve as ballast to hold the curtain in a vertical
�. position . Additional anchorage shall be provided as necessary. The load lines shall
have suitable connecting devices which develop the full breaking strength for
connecting to load lines in adjacent sections (See Plates 4 .45a and 4 .45b which
.. portray this orientation) .
6 . External anchors may consist of 2 x 4 inch (5 x 10 cm) or 2-1 /2 inch (6 cm) minimum
diameter wooden stakes , or 1 . 33 pounds/linear foot (2 kg/m) steel posts when Type
I installation is used ; when Type II or Type III installations are used , bottom anchors
should be used .
7 . Bottom anchors must be sufficient to hold the curtain in the same position relative
to the bottom of the watercourse without interfering with the action of the curtain .
,. The anchor may dig into the bottom (grappling hook, plow or fluke-type) or may be
weighted (mushroom type) and should be attached to a floating anchor buoy via an
anchor line . The anchor line would then run from the buoy to the top load line of
the curtain . When used with Type III installations , these lines must contain enough
slack to allow the buoy and curtain to float freely with tidal changes without pulling
the buoy or curtain down and must be checked regularly to make sure they do not
become entangled with debris. As previously noted , anchor spacing will vary with
current velocity and expected wind and wave action ; manufacturer's
recommendations should be followed . See orientation of external anchors and
anchor buoys for tidal installation in Plate 4 .45b .
i
4- 119
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector' s Manual
r
Type 111
r
22 OZ. NYLON REINFORCED VINYL STRESS BAND PVC SLOT - CONNECTOR FLOATATION
r
r
DEPTH ACCORDING TO NEED
r
%5 TY 6 VINYL COATING CABLE #24 SAFEHOOK STRESS PLATE LAP UNK 5/16 IN.
(ON BOTH SIDES OF CURTAIN CHAIN
TO REDUCE STRAIN)
r
Orientation When Installed
(Tidal Situation - Type 111)
r
NOTE: ANCHORING WITH BUOYS, ATTACH LINES AUTOMATIC FLASHING r
AS SHOWN, REMOVES ALLBUOY TO SHACKLE LIGHT (ON AT DUSK—
VERTICAL FORCES FROM THE OFF AT DAWN) 100'
CURTAIN. HENCE', THE CURTAIN I I ON CENTER SHALL BE
WILL NOT SINK FROM WIND OR / USED IN NAVIGABLE
CURRENT LOADS. —E7 i'N lei CHANNELS ONLY r
MIND 2' STANDARD CONTAINMENT
SYSTEMS UGHT BUOY
5' S' O4 ANCHOR (AS r
WATER SURFACE RECOMMENDED BY
THE MANUFACTURER)
v^'1 MIN. 1z' CURTAIN
RIVERBED
•
O O O O O O O O O O O O q 0 0 O O O O
O O O O 0 0 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
p O O O O O O O O O O O r
O O 0 0 0 O O O O
O O O
r
Plate 4.45b Type III Floating Turbidity Barrier
Source: American Boom and Barrier Corporation and VDOT Standard Sheets r
4-120
r
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
Installation
In the calm water of lakes or ponds (Type I installation) it is usually sufficient to
merely set the curtain end stakes or anchor points (using anchor buoys if bottom
anchors are employed) , then tow the curtain in the furled condition out and attach it
r to these stakes or anchor points . Following this , any additional stakes or buoyed
anchors required to maintain the desired location of the curtain may be set and
these anchor points made fast to the curtain . Only then , the furling lines should be
r
cut to let the curtain skirt drop .
2 . In rivers or in other moving water (Type II and Type III installations) it is important to
set all the curtain anchor points. Care must be taken to ensure that anchor points
' are of sufficient holding power to retain the curtain under the expected current
conditions , before putting the furled curtain into the water. Anchor buoys should be
employed on all anchors to prevent the current from submerging the flotation at the
' anchor points . If the moving water into which the curtain is being installed is tidal
and will subject the curtain to currents in both directions as the tide changes, it is
important to provide anchors on both sides of the curtain for two reasons:
r
a) Curtain movement will be minimized during tidal current reversals .
b) The curtain will not overrun the anchors pull them out when the tide
reverses.
When the anchors are secure , the furled curtain should be secured to the upstream
anchor point and then sequentially attached to each next downstream anchor point
until the entire curtain is in position . At this point, and before unfurling , the 'lay" of
the curtain should be assessed and any necessary adjustments made to the
anchors . Finally, when the location is ascertained to be as desired , the furling lines
should be cut to allow the skirt to drop.
3 . Always attach anchor lines to the flotation device not to the bottom of the curtain .
The anchoring line attached to the floatation device on the downstream side will
provide support for the curtain . Attaching the anchors to the bottom of the curtain
could cause premature failure of the curtain due to the stresses imparted on the
middle section of the curtain .
4 . There is an exception to the rule that turbidity curtains should not be installed across
channel flows ; it occurs when there is a danger of creating a silt buildup in the
middle of a watercourse , thereby blocking access or creating a sand bar. Curtains
have been used effectively in large areas of moving water by forming a very
long-sided , sharp "V" to deflect clean water around a work site, confine a large part
r of the silt-laden water to the work area inside the "V" and direct much of the silt
toward the shoreline . Care must be taken , however, not to install the curtain
perpendicular to the water current.
5 . See Plate 4 .45c for typical installation layouts .
r
4-121
r
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector's Manual `
•
Typical Layouts
Streams, Ponds, and Lakes (Protected and Non-Tidal)
r
STREAM FLOW
ANCHOR PT. r
STAKE OR ANCHOR,
EVERY 100 ' (TYPICAL) r
SHORELINE ® FILL AREA
r
LMTS OF , •
1006
CONSTR.
SHORELINE -
(J l/ w
ANCHOR PL TURBIDITY
TAN s THIS DISTANCE IS VARIABLE
CURTA N
r
Tidal Waters and/or Heavy Wind and Wave Action r
FLOOD
r EBB
PROPOSED TOE
OF SLOPE
- ; r
i r -moi
r r
It
�0 •
41 Iw
EXISTING . r
CAUSEWAY
r
ANCHOR k r
ANCHOR BUOY
SHORELINE BARRIER MOVEMENT SHORELINE
ANCHOR PT. �-' DUE TO TIDAL CHANGE ANCHOR PT.
r
• THIS DISTANCE IS VARIA8LE ® FILL AREA
r
Plate 4.45c Typical Installation Layouts-
Source: FDOT Roadway and Traffic Design Standards
r
4- 122
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
6 . The effectiveness of the barrier can be increased by installing two parallel curtains ,
separated at regular intervals by 10' (3 m) long wooden boards or lengths of pipe .
Removal
1 . Care should be taken to protect the skirt from damage as the turbidity curtain is
dragged from the water.
2 . The site selected to bring the curtain ashore should be free of sharp rocks , broken
cement , debris , etc. so as to minimize damage when hauling the curtain over the
area .
3 . If the curtain has a deep skirt, it can be further protected by running a small boat
along its length with a crew installing furling lines before attempting to remove
the curtain from the water.
Maintenance
1 . The developer/owner shall be responsible for maintenance of the filter curtain for
the duration of the project to ensure the continuous protection of the watercourse .
2 . Should repairs to the geotextile fabric become necessary, there are normally repair
kits available from the manufacturers; manufacturers instructions must be followed
to ensure the adequacy of the repair.
3 . When the curtain is no longer required as determined by the inspector, the curtain
and related components shall be removed in such a manner as to minimize turbidity.
Sediment shall be removed and the original depth (or plan elevation) restored
before removing the curtain . Remaining sediment shall be sufficiently settled before
removing the curtain . Any spoils must betaken to an upland area and stabilized .
i
i
r
s
4-123
Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Inspectors Manual
This page left intentionally blank
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
4-124
r
Chapter 4 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control
REFERENCES
r Florida Department of Environmental Regulation , 1988 , The Florida Development Manual:
A Guide to Sound Land and Water Management (Chapter 6) . Tallahassee , FL
r
r
i
i
r
r
i
i
i
i
4-125
i
..
r
APPENDIX " C"
" FEDERAL REQUIRED
CONTRACT PROVISIONS "
r
r
r
s
r
r
FAEngincering\Capital Projects\0201 -03128-Indian River Drive Sidewalk-South-Highland Drive S W\0201 Indian River Drive South
Sidewalk - Contract Docs\APPENDIX C.doc I
Federal Required Contract Provisions "
Federal Highway Administration
r
Funds for this project are derived from federal grants and therefore the successful contractor must comply
with federal guidelines. The federal funds appropriated by the Department of Transportation (DOT), Federal
Highway Administration (FHWA) will be administered through the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT r
or SHA (state highway authority)).
In the event of a conflict between the Federal Requirements listed in this section and other provisions
of the Invitation to Bid, the Federal Requirements will govern and prevail .
1 . GENERAL
( 1 ) These contract provisions shall apply to all work performed on the contract by the contractor's
own organization and with the assistance of workers under the contractor's immediate superintendence and to
all work performed on the contract by piecework, station work, or by subcontract.
i
(2) Except as otherwise provided for in each section , the contractor shall insert in each
subcontract all of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions, and further require their
inclusion in any lower tier subcontract or purchase order that may in turn be made . The Required Contract
Provisions shall not be incorporated by reference in any case. The prime contractor shall be responsible for
compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with these Required Contract Provisions .
(3) A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions shall be
sufficient grounds for termination of the contract.
(4) A breach of the following clauses of the Required Contract Provisions may also be grounds
for debarment as provided in 29 CFR 5 . 12 :
Section I , paragraph 2 (General )
Section 8, paragraphs 1 , 2 , 3, 4, and 7; (Payment of Predetermined Minimum Wage)
Section 9, paragraphs 1 and 2a through 2g . (Statements and Payroll )
(5) Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of Section IV (except paragraph 5) and
Section V of these Required Contract Provisions shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this
contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the U .S . Department of Labor
(DOL) as set forth in 29 CFR 5, 6 , and 7 . Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between
the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the DOL, or the contractor's
employees or their representatives .
2 . PREQUALIFICATION .
i
Bid proposals will only be accepted from Florida Department of Transportation Prequalified
Contractors.
All prequalified contractors bidding on this project must include with their bid proposal a copy of their
Certification of Current Capacity ( FDOT Form 375-020-22) and Status of Contracts on Hand ( FDOT Form
375-020-21 ).
Contact the Florida Department of Transportation to obtain an application for and regulations
regarding prequalification . Further information may be obtained on the internet at www. dot. state.fl .us . Click
on "Doing Business with FDOT"; see "Contract Administration'. r
No public agency shall be permitted to bid in on this contract as either a contractor or subcontractor. A
r
1
W200695429 PM
r
public agency is defined as any organization with administrative or functional responsibilities that are either
directly or indirectly affiliated with a governmental body of any nation , State, or local jurisdiction.
3. CONTRACT AWARD
The contract will be awarded on the basis of the lowest responsive bid submitted by a bidder meeting
the requirements of the Invitation to Bid .
4 . SELECTION OF LABOR
During the performance of this contract, the contractor shall not:
a . discriminate against labor from any other State, possession , or territory of the United
+ States
or
b . employ convict labor for any purpose within the limits of the project unless it is labor
performed by convicts who are on parole, supervised release, or probation .
5. NON -DISCRIMINATION
+ (1 ) Contractor Representations. During the performance of the contract, the contractor agrees
as follows :
(a) The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment
because of race, color, religion , sex or national origin . The contractor will take affirmative
action to ensure that applicants are employed , and that employees are treated during
employment without regard to their race, color, religion , sex or national origin . Such action
shall include, bur not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading demotion or transfer;
recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination ; rates of pay or other form of
compensation ; and selection for training, including apprenticeship . The contractor agrees to
post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notice
' setting forth the provisions of this non-discrimination clause .
(b) The contractor will , in all solicitations or advancements for employees placed by or on behalf
of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment
without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin .
(c) The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a
collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding , a notice advising the
labor union or workers' representative of the contractor's commitments under Section 202 of
Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and shall post copies of the notice in
conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment.
(d) The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24,
1965, and of the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor.
a
(e) The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246
of September 24 , 1965 , and by the rules , regulations and orders of the Secretaryof Labor, or
pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books , records , and accounts by the
contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor of purposed of investigation to ascertain
compliance with such rules, regulations and orders.
(f) In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this
contract or with any of such rules, regulations or orders , this contract may be cancelled,
terminated or suspended in whole or in party and the contractor may be declared ineligible for
3O2W695129 AM
further Government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order
No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and other sanctions may be imposed and remedies
invoked as provided in Executive Order No . 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule,
regulation or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law.
(g) The contractor will include the provisions of sub-paragraphs (a) through (f) in every
subcontract of purchase order unless exempted by rules , regulations or orders of the
Secretary of labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order No . 11246 of r
September 24 , 1965 , so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or
vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase
order as may be directed by the Secretary of Labor as a means of enforcing such provisions
including sanctions for noncompliance: provided , however, that in the event the contractor
becomes involved in , or is threatened with , litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a
result of such direction , the contractor may requires the Untied States to enter into such
litigation to protect the interests of the United States . �.
(h) The contractor shall keep such records as are necessary to determine compliance with the
equal employment opportunity obligations . All such records must be maintained for a period of
three (3 ) years following completion of the contract work and be available at reasonable times
and places for inspection by representatives of the City, FDOT and FHWA.
(2) Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment opportunity (EEO) requirements not to
discriminate and to take affirmative action to assure equal opportunity as set forth under laws , executive
orders, rules , regulations (28 CFR 359 29 CFR 1630 and 41 CFR 60) and orders of the Secretary of Labor as
modified by the provisions prescribed herein , and imposed pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 140 shall constitute the EEO
and specific affirmative action standards for the contractor's project activities under this contract. The Equal
Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications set forth under 41 CFR 60-4 .3 and the provisions of the
American Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U .S .C . 12101 at seq. ) set forth under 28 CFR 35 and 29 CFR 1630 are
incorporated by reference in this contract. In the execution of this contract, the contractor agrees to comply
with the following minimum specific requirement activities of EEO:
a . The contractor will work with the City, FOOT and the Federal Government in carrying out
EEO obligations and in their review of his/her activities under the contract.
b. The contractor will accept as his operating policy the following statement:
" It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed, and
that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race,
religion , sex, color, national origin , age or disability. Such action shall include:
employment, upgrading, demotion , or transfer; recruitment or recruitment
advertising ; layoff or termination ; rates of payor otherforms of compensation;
and selection for training, including apprenticeship, preapprenticeship, and/or
on-the-job training. "
(3) EEO Officer: The contractor will designate and make known to the City and FDOT an EEO
Officer who will have the responsibility for and must be capable of effectively administering and promoting an
active contractor program of EEO and who must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to do so .
r
(4) Dissemination of Policy: All members of the contractor's staff who are authorized to hire,
supervise, promote, and discharge employees, or who recommend such action , or who are substantially
involved in such action , will be made fully cognizant of, and will implement, the contractor's EEO policy and
contractual responsibilities to provide EEO in each grade and classification of employment. To ensure that the
above agreement will be met, the following actions will be taken as a minimum :
a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be conducted
before the start of work and then not less often than once every six months, atwhich
r
3
362" 9:5429 AM
■
time the contractor's EEO policy and its implementation will be reviewed and
explained . The meetings will be conducted by the EEO Officer.
b . All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough
indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering all major aspects of the contractor's EEO
obligations within thirty days following their reporting for duty with the contractor.
C. All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be instructed
by the EEO Officer in the contractor's procedures for locating and hiring minority
group employees.
d . Notices and posters setting forth the contractor's EEO policy will be placed in areas
readily accessible to employees , applicants for employment and potential
employees .
e. The contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to implement such policy will be
brought to the attention of employees by means of meetings, employee handbooks,
or other appropriate means.
(5) Recruitment: When advertising for employees , the contractor will include in all
advertisements for employees the notation : "An Equal Opportunity Employer." All such advertisements will be
placed in publications having a large circulation among minority groups in the area from which the project work
force would normally be derived .
a . The contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement, conduct
systematic and direct recruitment through public and private employee referral
sources likely to yield qualified minority group applicants. To meet this requirement,
the contractor will identify sources of potential minority group employees, and
establish with such identified sources procedures whereby minority group applicants
may be referred to the contractor for employment consideration .
b . In the event the contractor has a valid bargaining agreement providing for exclusive
hiring hall referrals, he is expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the
extent that the system permits the contractor's compliance with EEO contract
provisions. (The DOL has held that where implementation of such agreements have
the effect of discriminating against minorities or women , or obligates the contractor
to do the same, such implementation violates Executive Order 11246 , as amended .)
C. The contractor will encourage his present employees to refer minority group
applicants for employment. Information and procedures with regard to referring
minority group applicants will be discussed with employees.
(6) Personnel Actions: Wages , working conditions, and employee benefits shall be established
,. and administered , and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading, promotion , transfer,
demotion , layoff, and termination , shall be taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin , age
or disability. The following procedures shall be followed :
a. The contractorwill conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure that working
conditions and employee facilities do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project
site personnel .
b . The contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within each
classification to determine any evidence of discriminatory wage practices .
..
C. The contractor will periodically review selected personnel actions in depth to
determine whether there is evidence of discrimination . Where evidence is found , the
contractor will promptly take corrective action . If the review indicates that the
4
7.T 29M 9:5429 PM
i
discrimination may extend beyond the actions reviewed, such corrective action shall
include all affected persons .
d . The contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made
to the contractor in connection with his obligations under this contract, will attempt to
resolve such complaints, and will take appropriate corrective action within a
reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that the discrimination may affect
persons other than the complainant, such corrective action shall include such other r
persons. Upon completion of each investigation, the contractor will inform every
complainant of all of his avenues of appeal .
(7) Training and Promotion : ■'
a. The contractor will assist in locating, qualifying , and increasing the skills of minority
group and women employees , and applicants for employment.
b. Consistent with the contractor's work force requirements and as permissible under
Federal and State regulations , the contractor shall make full use of training
programs, i .e . , apprenticeship, and on-the-job training programs for the geographical �.
area of contract performance . Where feasible, 25 percent of apprentices or trainees
in each occupation shall be in their first year of apprenticeship or training . In the
event a special provision for training is provided under this contract, this
subparagraph will be superseded as indicated in the special provision .
C. The contractor will advise employees and applicants for employment of available
training programs and entrance requirements for each .
d . The contractor will periodically review the training and promotion potential of minority
group and women employees and will encourage eligible employees to apply for
such training and promotion . ■
(8) Unions: If the contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees, the
contractor will use his/her best efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase opportunities for
minority groups and women within the unions, and to effect referrals by such unions of minority and female
employees . Actions by the contractor either directly or through a contractor's association acting as agent will
include the procedures set forth below:
■
a. The contractor will use best efforts to develop, in cooperation with the unions, joint
training programs aimed toward qualifying more minority group members and
women for membership in the unions and increasing the skills of minority group
employees and women so that they may qualify for higher paying employment. +
b. The contractor will use best efforts to incorporate an EEO clause into each union
agreement to the end that such union will be contractually bound to refer applicants
without regard to their race, color, religion , sex, national origin, age or disability.
C. The contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and policies of the
labor union except that to the extent such information is within the exclusive ■,
possession of the labor union and such labor union refuses to furnish such
information to the contractor, the contractor shall so certify to the SHA and shall set
forth what efforts have been made to obtain such information .
d . In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of
minority and women referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining
agreement, the contractor will , through independent recruitment efforts, fill the ■
employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion , sex, national origin, age or
disability; making full efforts to obtain qualified and/or qualifiable minority group persons
and women . (The DOL has held that it shall be no excuse that the union with which the
r
5
atMM 9:54.29 AM
■
contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to
refer minority employees.) In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor
from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended , and these
special provisions, such contractor shall immediately notify the SHA.
(9) Selection of Subcontractors. Procurement of Materials and Leasing of Equipment: The
contractor shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion , sex, national origin , age or disability in
the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment.
a. The contractor shall notify all potential subcontractors and suppliers of his/her EEO
_ obligations under this contract.
b . Disadvantaged business enterprises (DBE), as defined in 49 CFR 23, shall have equal
opportunity to compete for and perform subcontracts which the contractor enters into
pursuant to this contract. The contractor will use his best efforts to solicit bids from and to
utilize DBE subcontractors or subcontractors with meaningful minority group and female
representation among their employees . Contractors shall obtain lists of DBE construction
firms from FDOT.
r
G. The contractor will use his best efforts to ensure subcontractor compliance with their EEO
obligations .
( 10) Records and Reports : The contractor shall keep such records as necessary to document
compliance with the EEO requirements. Such records shall be retained for a period of three years following
completion of the contract work and shall be available at reasonable times and places for inspection by
r authorized representatives of the City, FDOT and/or the FHWA.
a . The records kept by the contractor shall document the following :
1 . The number of minority and non-minority group members and women employed in
each work classification on the project;
2 . The progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions, when applicable, to
increase employment opportunities for minorities and women;
3 . The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training , qualifying , and
upgrading minority and female employees; and
4 . The progress and efforts being made in securing the services of DBE subcontractors
or subcontractors with meaningful minority and female representation among their
employees .
b. The contractor will submit an annual report to FDOT each Julyfor the duration of the project,
indicating the number of minority, women , and non-minority group employees currently engaged
in each work classification required by the contract work. This information is to be reported on
Form FHWA-1391 . If on-the-job training is being required by special provision , the contractorwill
be required to collect and report training data .
' 6 . CIVIL RIGHTS
The following requirements will apply to the awarded contract and any sub-contracts:
(1 ) Age. In accordance with section 4 of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 19670
as amended , 29 U . S .C . §623 , the Contractor agrees to refrain from discrimination
against present and prospective employees for reason of age . In addition , the Contractor
agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FHWA may issue.
(2 ) Disabilities. In accordance with section 102 of the Americans with Disabilities Act, as
r
6
36629 i9:5429PM
s
amended , 42 U .S .C . § 12112, the Contractor agrees that it will comply with the •
requirements of U .S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission , "Regulations to
Implement the Equal Employment Provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act," 29
C. F. R. Part 1630, pertaining to employment of persons with disabilities. In addition , the
Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue.
(3) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract financed
in whole or in part with Federal assistance. •
7 . NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts of $ 10,000 or
more.)
a. By submission of this bid , the execution of the contract or subcontract, or the consummation
of this material supply agreement or purchase order, as appropriate, the bidder, Federal-aid
construction contractor, subcontractor, material supplier, or vendor, as appropriate, certifies
that the firm does not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of
its establishments, and that the firm does not permit its employees to perform their services •
at any location , under its control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The firm agrees
that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EEO provisions of this contract. The firm
further certifies that no employee will be denied access to adequate facilities on the basis of
sex or disability. •
b. As used in this certification , the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work
areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, timeclocks , locker
rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots , drinking fountains, recreation or
entertainment areas , transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are
segregated by explicit directive, or are, in fact, segregated on the basis of race, color,
religion , national origin, age or disability, because of habit, local custom , or otherwise. The ..
only exception will be for the disabled when the demands for accessibility override (e.g .
disabled parking) .
C. The contractor agrees that it has obtained or will obtain identical certification from proposed
subcontractors or material suppliers prior to award of subcontracts or consummation of
material supply agreements of $ 10,000 or more and that it will retain such certifications in its
files.
8. PAYMENT OF PREDETERMINED MINIMUM WAGE
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts, ■,
except for projects located on roadways classified as local roads or rural minor collectors, which are
exempt.)
(1 ) General
a. All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid
unconditionally and not less often than once a week and without subsequent deduction or
rebate on any account [except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations (29
CFR 3) issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (40 U .S .C. 276c)] the full
amounts of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of
payment. The payment shall be computed at wage rates not less than those contained in the �.
wage determination of the Secretary of Labor (hereinafter "the wage determination") which is
attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which
may be alleged to exist between the contractor or its subcontractors and such laborers and
mechanics. The wage determination (including any additional classifications and wage rates
conformed under paragraph 2 of this Section IV and the DOL poster (WH-1321 ) or Form
FHWA- 1495) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site
r.
W2" 95429 PM
r
- of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers .
For the purpose of this Section , contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona
fide fringe benefits under Section 1 (b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U . S .C . 276a) on behalf
a of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject
to the provisions of Section IV, paragraph 3b, hereof. Also, for the purpose of this Section,
regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often
than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs , which cover the particular weekly period, are
— deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period . Such laborers and
mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage
determination for the classification of work actually performed , without regard to skill , except
a as provided in paragraphs 4 and 5 of this Section IV.
b. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated
at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein, provided , that
— the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in
which work is performed .
C. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon Act and related acts contained in 29 CFR 1 ,
3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract.
(2) Classification
a
a. The City and/or FDOT shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics employed under
the contract, which is not listed in the wage determination , shall be classified in conformance
with the wage determination .
i
b. The City and/or FDOT shall approve an additional classification , wage rate and fringe
benefits only when the following criteria have been met:
1 . the work to be performed by the additional classification requested is not performed
by a classification in the wage determination ;
a 2 . the additional classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry;
3. the proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable
relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination; and
4 . with respect to helpers, when such a classification prevails in the area in which the
work is performed .
a
C. If the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, the laborers and mechanics (if known) to
be employed in the additional classification or their representatives , and the contracting
officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe
a benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting
officer to the DOL, Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division , Employment Standards
Administration , Washington , D . C . 20210 . The Wage and Hour Administrator, or an
authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification
a action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the
contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
d . In the event the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, the laborers or mechanics to be
employed in the additional classification or their representatives , and the contracting officer
do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated
for fringe benefits , where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions,
a including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer,
to the Wage and Hour Administrator for determination . Said Administrator, or an authorized
representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the
r
8
31WM 95429AM
contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional
time is necessary
e. The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to
paragraph 2c or 2d of this Section IV shall be paid to all workers performing work in the
additional classification from the first day on which work is performed in the classification .
f. * The U .S . Department of Labor Wage Rates applicable to this contract are listed in Wage
Rate Decision Number FL32, as modified up through ten days prior to the bid opening . The
Wage Tables are included in this document. Review the Wage Tables for all classifications
necessary to complete the project. If needed , request additional classifications needed prior
to bid opening . General guidance on the use of Wage Tables is available on the FDOT
website at www.dot.state .fl .us/construction/wage .htm . The FDOT Wage Rate Coordinator
may be contacted at 850-414-4251 .
(3) Payment of Fringe Benefits:
a. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or
mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate , the contractor
or subcontractors , as appropriate, shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage
determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly case equivalent
thereof.
b. If the contractor or subcontractor, as appropriate, does not make payments to a trustee or
other third person , he/she may consider as a part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic
the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a r
plan or program , provided , that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of
the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The
Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for
the meeting of obligations under the plan or program . •
(4) Apprentices and Trainees (Programs of the U.S. DOL) and Helpers:
a. Apprentices:
1 . Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the
work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered
in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the DOL, Employment and
Training Administration , Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State
apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in
his/her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an
apprenticeship program , who is not individually registered in the program , but who
has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State
apprenticeship agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary
employment as an apprentice.
2 . The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeyman-level employees on the job site in
any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor r
as to the entire work force under the registered program . Any employee listed on a
payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as
stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate listed in the wage
determination for the classification of work actually performed . In addition, any
apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the
registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage
determination for the work actually performed . Where a contractor or subcontractor r
is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its
program is registered , the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the
r
9
MOW 9:5429 AM
rw
journeyman-level hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's
registered program shall be observed .
3. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered
program for the apprentice's level of progress , expressed as a percentage of the
journeyman-level hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination .
Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the
apprenticeship program . If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe
benefits , apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the
wage determination for the applicable classification . If the Administrator for the
Wage and Hour Division determines that a different practice prevails for the
applicable apprentice classification , fringes shall be paid in accordance with that
determination .
r 4. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State apprenticeship
agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program ,
the contractor or subcontractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at
less than the applicable predetermined rate for the comparable work performed by
regular employees until an acceptable program is approved .
b . Trainees :
1 . Except as provided in 29 CFR 5. 16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less
than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed
pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior
.. approval, evidenced by formal certification by the DOL, Employment and Training
Administration .
2 . The ratio of trainees to journeyman-level employees on the job site shall not be
" greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training
Administration . Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not
registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and
,. Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the
wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition , any
trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the
registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage
determination for the work actually performed .
3. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved
_ program for his/her level of progress, expressed as a percentage of thejourneyman-
level hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be
paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program . If the
trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full
amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator
of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program
associated with the corresponding journeyman-level wage rate on the wage
determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices, in
which case such trainees shall receive the same fringe benefits as apprentices.
4. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a
,. training program , the contractor or subcontractor will no longer be permitted to utilize
trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until
an acceptable program is approved .
r
10
3629X 9:54:29 AM
•
•
C. Helpers:
Helpers will be permitted to work on a project if the helper classification is specified
and defined on the applicable wage determination or is approved pursuant to the •
conformance procedure set forth in Section IV.2 . Any worker listed on a payroll at a
helper wage rate, who is not a helper under an approved definition, shall be paid not
less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of
work actually performed . •
(5) Apprentices and Trainees (Programs of the U.S . DOT) :
•
Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and skill training programs
which have been certified by the Secretary of Transportation as promoting EEO in connection
with Federal-aid highway construction programs are not subject to the requirements of
paragraph 4 of this Section . The straight time hourly wage rates for apprentices and trainees •
under such programs will be established by the particular programs . The ratio of apprentices
and trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted by the terms of the particular
program .
(6) Withholding :
The City shall upon its own action or upon written request of FDOT or an authorized
representative of the DOL , withhold , or cause to be withheld , from the contractor or
subcontractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime
contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage
requirements which is held by the same prime contractor, as much of the accrued payments •
or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including
apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full
amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or
mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed orworking on the site of the
work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, MOT may, after written notice to the
contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further
payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased . •
(7) Overtime Requirements:
No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which
may require or involve the employment of laborers , mechanics , watchmen , or guards
(including apprentices, trainees , and helpers described in paragraphs 4 and 5 above) shall
require or permit any laborer, mechanic, watchman , or guard in any workweek in which •
he/she is employed on such work, to work in excess of 40 hours in such workweek unless
such laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard receives compensation at a rate not less than
one-and-one-half times his/her basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in
such workweek. •
(8) Violation :
Liability for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages: In the event of any violation of the
clause set forth in paragraph 7 above, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible
thereof shall be liable to the affected employee for his/her unpaid wages. In addition , such
contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done •
under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory)
for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each
individual laborer, mechanic, watchman , or guard employed in violation of the clause set forth
in paragraph 7, in the sum of $ 10 for each calendar day on which such employee was
required or permitted to work in excess of the standard work week of 40 hours without
payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph 7 .
•
11
&62DW s542s AM
(9) Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages:
The City or FDOT shall upon its own action or upon written request of any authorized
representative of the DOL withhold , or cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on
account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any
other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other Federally-assisted
contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the
# same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any
liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as
provided in the clause set forth in paragraph 8 above .
r 9 . STATEMENTS AND PAYROLLS
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts,
+. except for projects located on roadways classified as local roads or rural collectors, which are
exempt.)
( 1 ) Compliance with Copeland Regulations (29 CFR 3) :
s
The contractor shall comply with the Copeland Regulations of the Secretary of Labor which
are herein incorporated by reference.
(2) Payrolls and Payroll Records:
a . Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor and
each subcontractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of 3
.. years from the date of completion of the contract for all laborers , mechanics,
apprentices, trainees, watchmen , helpers, and guards working at the site of the
work.
b . The payroll records shall contain the name, social security number, and address of
each such employee; his or her correct classification ; hourly rates of wages paid
(including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or
cash equivalent thereof the types described in Section 1 (b)(2)(B) of the Davis Bacon
Act); daily and weekly number of hours worked ; deductions made; and actual wages
paid . In addition , for Appalachian contracts, the payroll records shall contain a
notation indicating whether the employee does, or does not, normally reside in the
labor area as defined in Attachment A, paragraph 1 . Whenever the Secretary of
Labor, pursuant to Section IV, paragraph 3b, has found that the wages of any laborer
or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing
benefits under a plan or program described in Section 1 (b)(2)(B) of the Davis Bacon
Act, the contractor and each subcontractor shall maintain records which show that
the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is
financially responsible, that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to
the laborers or mechanics affected, and show the cost anticipated or the actual cost
incurred in providing benefits. Contractors or subcontractors employing apprentices
or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the
registration of apprentices and trainees, and ratios and wage rates prescribed in the
applicable programs.
C. Each contractor and subcontractor shall furnish , each week in which any contract
.. work is performed , to the SHA resident engineer a payroll of wages paid each of its
employees (including apprentices , trainees , and helpers, described in Section IV,
paragraphs 4 and 5, and watchmen and guards engaged on work during the
preceding weekly payroll period). The payroll submitted shall set out accurately and
completely all of the information required to be maintained under paragraph 2b of
this Section V. This information may be submitted in any form desired . Optional
Form WH-347 is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the
s
12
W20069:5429AM
r
Superintendent of Documents (Federal stock number 029-005-0014-1 ) , U .S .
Government Printing Office, Washington , D .C . 20402 . The prime contractor is
responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors.
d . Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance,"
signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his/her agent who pays or supervises
the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the
following :
1 . that the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be
maintained under paragraph 2b of this Section V and that such information is correct
and complete;
2 . that such laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and
trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full
weekly wages earned , without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no
deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned ,
other than permissible deductions as set forth in the Regulations, 29 CFR 3 ;
3. that each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less that the applicable
wage rate and fringe benefits or cash equivalent for the classification of worked
performed , as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the
contract.
e . The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse
side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the
"Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph 2d of this Section V.
f. The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor to civil
or criminal prosecution under 18 U .S .C. 1001 and 31 U .S.C . 231 .
g . The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph 2b
of this Section available for inspection , copying, or transcription by authorized
representatives of the City, FDOT, the FHWA, or the DOL, and shall permit such
representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the
contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them
available, the City, FDOT, the FHWA, the DOL, or all may, after written notice to the
contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such actions as may be necessary to
cause the suspension of any further payment, advance , or guarantee of funds .
Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such
records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5. 12 .
10. RECORD OF MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, AND LABOR
( 1 ) On all Federal-aid contracts on the National Highway System , except those which provide
solely for the installation of protective devices at railroad grade crossings, those which are constructed
on a force account or direct labor basis, highway beautification contracts, and contracts for which the
total final construction cost for roadway and bridge is less than $ 1 ,000,000 (23 CFR 635) the r
contractor shall :
a . Become familiar with the list of specific materials and supplies contained in Form FHWA-47,
"Statement of Materials and Labor Used by Contractor of Highway Construction Involving
Federal Funds," prior to the commencement of work under this contract.
b . Maintain a record of the total cost of all materials and supplies purchased for and
incorporated in the work, and also of the quantities of those specific materials and supplies
listed on Form FHWA-47, and in the units shown on Form FHWA-47 .
13
W2"9,5429AM
■
C. furnish , upon the completion of the contract, to the SHA resident engineer on Form FHWA-47
together with the data required in paragraph 11b relative to furnished materials and supplies, a
final labor summary of all contract work indicating the total hours worked and the total
amount earned .
(2) At the prime contractor's option, either a single report covering all contract work or separate
reports for the contractor and for each subcontract shall be submitted .
r
11 . SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT
— ( 1 ) The contractor shall perform with its own organization contract work amounting to not less
than 30 percent (or a greater percentage if specified elsewhere in the contract) of the total
original contract price, excluding any specialty items designated bythe State. Specialty items
may be performed by subcontract and the amount of any such specialty items performed
s may be deducted from the total original contract price before computing the amount of work
required to be performed by the contractor's own organization (23 CFR 635).
a. "Its own organization" shall be construed to include only workers employed and paid
directly by the prime contractor and equipment owned or rented by the prime
contractor, with or without operators. Such term does not include employees or
equipment of a subcontractor, assignee, or agent of the prime contractor.
— b . "Specialty Items" shall be construed to be limited to work that requires highly
specialized knowledge, abilities , or equipment not ordinarily available in the type of
contracting organizations qualified and expected to bid on the contract as a whole
and in general are to be limited to minor components of the overall contract.
(2) The contract amount upon which the requirements set forth in paragraph 1 of Section VII is
computed includes the cost of material and manufactured products which are to be
purchased or produced by the contractor under the contract provisions.
(3) The contractor shall furnish (a) a competent superintendent or supervisor who is employed by
the firm , has full authority to direct performance of the work in accordance with the contract
requirements, and is in charge of all construction operations (regardless of who performs the
work) and (b) such other of its own organizational resources (supervision, management, and
engineering services) as the SHA contracting officer determines is necessary to assure the
performance of the contract.
(4) No portion of the contract shall be sublet, assigned or otherwise disposed of except with the
written consent of the SHA contracting officer, or authorized representative, and such
consent when given shall not be construed to relieve the contractor of any responsibility for
the fulfillment of the contract. Written consent will be given only after the SHA has assured
that each subcontract is evidenced in writing and that it contains all pertinent provisions and
.. requirements of the prime contract.
12 . SAFETY: ACCIDENT PREVENTION
— ( 1 ) In the performance of this contract the contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal,
State, and local laws governing safety, health , and sanitation (23 CFR 635). The contractor
shall provide all safeguards, safety devices and protective equipment and take any other
needed actions as it determines, or as the City or FDOT may determine to be reasonably
necessary to protect the life and health of employees on the job and the safety of the public
and to protect property in connection with the performance of the work covered by the
contract.
—
(2) It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a condition of each subcontract, which the
contractor enters into pursuant to this contract, that the contractor and any subcontractor
shall not permit any employee, in performance of the contract, to work in surroundings or
14
352OD695429AM
w
under conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his/her health or safety, as r
determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR 1926) promulgated by
the Secretary of Labor, in accordance with Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and
Safety Standards Act (40 U . S . C . 333 ) . r
(3) Pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.3 , it is a condition of this contract that the Secretary of Labor or
authorized representative thereof, shall have right of entryto any site of contract performance
to inspect or investigate the matter of compliance with the construction safety and health r
standards and to carry out the duties of the Secretary under Section 107 of the Contract
Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U .S. C . 333) .
13 . FALSE STATEMENTS CONCERNING HIGHWAY PROJECTS r
In order to assure high quality and durable construction in conformity with approved plans and
specifications and a high degree of reliabilityon statements and representations made by engineers,
contractors , suppliers, and workers on Federal-aid highway projects, it is essential that all persons
concerned with the project perform their functions as carefully, thoroughly, and honestly as possible.
Willful falsification , distortion , or misrepresentation with respect to any facts related to the project is a
violation of Federal law. To prevent any misunderstanding regarding the seriousness of these and r
similar acts, the following notice shall be posted on each Federal-aid highway project (23 CFR 635) in
one or more places where it is readily available to all persons concerned with the project:
NOTICE TO ALL PERSONNEL ENGAGED ON FEDERAL-AID HIGHWAY PROJECTS r
18 U . S .C. 1020 reads as follows :
r
"Whoever, being an officer, agent, or employee of the United States, or of any State or Territory,
or whoever, whether a person, association, firm, or corporation, knowingly makes any false
statement, false representation, or false report as to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of the
material used or to be used, or the quantity or quality of the work performed or to be performed, or r
the cost thereof in connection with the submission of plans, maps, specifications, contracts, or
costs of construction on any highway or related project submitted for approval to the Secretary of
Transportation; or
Whoever knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, false report or false claim
with respect to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of any work performed or to be performed,
or materials furnished or to be furnished, in connection with the construction of any highway or r
related project approved by the Secretary of Transportation; or
Whoever knowingly makes any false statement or false representation as to material fact in any
statement, certificate, or report submitted pursuant to provisions of the Federal-aid Roads Act to
approved July 1, 1916, (39 Stat. 355), as amended and supplemented;
Shall be fined not more that $ 10, 000 or imprisoned not more than 5 years or both. " r
14 . IMPLEMENTATION OF CLEAN AIR ACT AND FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts of $ 100 ,000 or r
more .)
By submission of this bid or the execution of this contract, or subcontract, as appropriate, the bidder,
Federal-aid construction contractor, or subcontractor, as appropriate , will be deemed to have
stipulated as follows:
(1 ) That any facility that is or will be utilized in the performance of this contract, unless such
contract is exempt under the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U .S .C . 1857 et seg. , as
amended by Pub. L. 91 -604), and under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended
(33 U .S .C . 1251 et seq. , as amended by Pub.L . 92-500), Executive Order 11738, and
r
15
M2106 9:54.29 AM
■
i
+ regulations in implementation thereof (40 CFR 15) is not listed, on the date of contract award,
on the U .S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities pursuant to 40
CFR 15.20 .
+ (2) That the firm agrees to comply and remain in compliance with all the requirements of Section
114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all
regulations and guidelines listed thereunder.
i
(3) That the firm shall promptly notify the SHA of the receipt of any communication from the
Director, Office of Federal Activities , EPA, indicating that a facility that is or will be utilized for
the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities.
i
(4) That the firm agrees to include or cause to be included the requirements of paragraph 1
through 4 of this Section X in every nonexempt subcontract, and further agrees to take such
action as the government may direct as a means of enforcing such requirements.
15. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY
EXCLUSION
i
( 1 ) Instructions for Certification — Prime Contractor:
_ (Applicable to all Federal-aid contracts - 49 CFR 29)
a. By signing and submitting this proposal , the prospective primary participant is
providing the certification set out below.
' b . The inability of a person to provide the certification set out below will not necessarily
result in denial of participation in this covered transaction . The prospective
participant shall submit an explanation of why it cannot provide the certification set
i out below. The certification or explanation will be considered in connection with the
department or agency's determination whether to enter into this transaction .
However, failure of the prospective primary participant to furnish a certification or an
explanation shall disqualify such a person from participation in this transaction .
i
c. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which
reliance was placed when the department or agency determined to enter into this
transaction . If it is later determined that the prospective primary participant knowingly
rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the
Federal Government, the department or agency may terminate this transaction for
cause of default.
d . The prospective primary participant shall provide immediate written notice to the
department or agency to whom this proposal is submitted if anytime the prospective
i primary participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has
become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances .
e . The terms "covered transaction , " "debarred," "suspended ," "ineligible, "lower tier
.. covered transaction ," "participant," "person," "primary covered transaction ,"
"principal , " "proposal ," and "voluntarily excluded ," as used in this clause, have the
meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing
Executive Order 12549 . You may contact the department or agency to which this
i proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations .
f. The prospective primary participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should
i the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into
any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred , suspended ,
declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered
i
16
36'27068:54:29 PM
M
transaction , unless authorized by the department or agency entering into this r
transaction .
g . The prospective primary participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it
will include the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension , us
Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction ," provided by
the department or agency entering into this covered transaction, without
modification , in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier
covered transactions .
h . A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective
participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred , suspended,
ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction , unless it knows that
the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by
which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not
required to, check the nonprocurement portion of the "Lists of Parties Excluded From
Federal Procurement or Nonprocurement Programs" (Nonprocurement List) which is
compiled by the General Services Administration .
i. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a
system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this
clause. The knowledge and information of participant is not required to exceed that
which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business r'
dealings .
j . Except for transactions authorized under paragraph f of these instructions, if a
participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered
transaction with a person who is suspended , debarred , ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from participation in this transaction , in addition to other remedies available
to the Federal Government, the department or agency may terminate this transaction
for cause or default.
• x � � x
r
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion--Primary
Covered Transactions
ri
1 . The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief,
that it and its principals :
a. Are not presently debarred , suspended , proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, r�
or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency;
b . Have not within a 3-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a r
civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with
obtaining, attempting to obtain , or performing a public (Federal , State or local ) transaction or contract
under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of
embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, r
or receiving stolen property;
C. Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a
governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in
paragraph 1 b of this certification ; and
d . Have not within a 3-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more r
public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default.
r
17
3V2906 9.54 29 AM
•
2 . Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements
in this certification , such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal .
(2) Instructions for Certification - Subcontracts:
(Applicable to all subcontracts , purchase orders and other lower tier transactions of $25,000 or more -
49 CFR 29)
r a. By signing and submitting this proposal , the prospective lowertier is providing the certification
set out below.
,. b. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was
placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective
lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other
remedies available to the Federal Government, the department, or agency with which this
transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or
debarment.
C. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to
which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that
its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
d . The terms "covered transaction ," "debarred ," "suspended," "ineligible," "primary covered
transaction ," 'participant," "person ," "principal ," "proposal ," and "voluntarily excluded," as
used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of
rules implementing Executive Order 12549 . You may contact the person to which this
proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations.
e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the
., proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier
covered transaction with a person who is debarred , suspended , declared ineligible, or
voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction , unless authorized by the
department or agency with which this transaction originated .
f. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will
include this clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension , Ineligibility and
Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction ," without modification , in all lower tier
covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.
g . A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant
in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred , suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from the covered transaction , unless it knows that the certification is erroneous . A
participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its
_ principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Nonprocurement List.
h . Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of
records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The
knowledge and information of participant is not required to exceed that which is normally
possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings .
I. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph a of these instructions, if a participant in
a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person
who is suspended, debarred , ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this
transaction , in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the
department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies,
including suspension and/or debarment.
r
18
36220069:54:29 AM
s
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion
-- Subcontracts and Purchase Orders:
1 . The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal , that
neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended , proposed for debarment, declared r
ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or
agency.
2 . Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the
statements in this certification , such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this
proposal .
i
16 . CERTIFICATION REGARDING USE OF CONTRACT FUNDS FOR LOBBYING
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts which exceed $ 100,000 -
49 CFR 20)
(1 ) The prospective participant certifies, by signing and submitting this bid or proposal , to the best
of his or her knowledge and belief, that:
a. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid , by or on behalf of the
undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or
employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress , an officer or employee of
Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding
of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal r
loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension ,
continuation , renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant,
loan , or cooperative agreement.
b . If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to
any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any
Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress , or an
employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant,
loan , or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit
Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its
instructions.
(2) This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when
this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for
making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31 U . S .C . 1352 . Any person who fails to
file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not
more than $ 100,000 for each such failure .
(3) The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or her bid or proposal that he or she
shall require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts,
which exceed $100,000 and that all such recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.
r
17. BUY AMERICA
All steel or iron used must be produced in the United States , in accordance with 23 CFR 635.410 , as
amended . All manufacturing processes, including grinding, drilling , welding, finishing or application of a
coating, for such steel or iron materials, must occur in the United States . Coating includes all processes
which protect or enhance the value of the material to which the coating is applied . If domestic steel or iron
is taken outside of the United States for any process , it becomes foreign source material . If steel or iron
will be a component of any manufactured product incorporated into the project, these same provisions
apply, except that the manufacturer may use minimal quantities of foreign steel and iron when the cost of
19
3629969:5429 AM
i
i such foreign materials doe not exceed $2 ,500.
The bidder shall complete and submit with its bid proposal a declaration certifying either compliance or
i noncompliance with Buy America . A certification form is attached .
The contractor will also be required to provide, prior to incorporating the materials into the Project,
certifications from the producer of steel or iron , or any produce containing steel or iron as a component,
i stating that all steel or iron furnished was produced entirely within the United States or was produced
within the United States except for minimal quantities of foreign steel and iron valued at ($insert actual
value).
18 . DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM
( 1 ) Policy. The contractor shall ensure that Disadvantaged Business Enterprises , as
defined in 49 C. F. R. Part 26 , as amended, shall have the opportunity to participate in the performance of this
project. In this regard, the contractor shall take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with
applicable federal and state regulations, to ensure that the Disadvantaged Business Enterprises have the
i opportunity to compete for and perform contracts or subcontracts with respect to this Project.
(2) DBE Availability Goal Percentage. The DBE Goal Percentage for this project is 7.5%.
+ This DBE availability goal percentage is not a mandatory contract specification, but it is a guide to inform
the contractor of the work that could reasonably be contracted to a DBE.
(3) DBE Certification . Only DBE firm (s) certified by the FDOT Equal Opportunity Office
i shall be considered disadvantaged business enterprises for the purposes of this bid and any resulting
contract. To verify whether a firm is certified as a DBE for the work being performed , the contractor must
refer to the DBE Directory published by the FDOT Equal Opportunity Office on the Internet at:
www.dot.state.fl .us/ecualopportunitvoffice/ or through the Florida Unified Certification Program at
www. bir)incwebapps.com/biznetflorida/. If the Internet is not available, call the Equal Opportunity Office
for verification at (850) 414-4747 .
i (4) Anticipated DBE Participation Statement. Contractor shall complete and submit the
Anticipated DBE Participation Statement prior to the pre-construction conference through the FDOT Equal
Opportunity Office on the Internet. A hard copy of the Statement should also be provided the pre-construction
.. conference. The Statement must only include companies certified as a DBE . The Statement can and should
be updated when additions or deletions are made through the life of the contract. This will not become a
mandatory part of the contract.
+ When reporting anticipated DBE utilization or actual payments, the following guidelines prescribed in
the 49 C . F. R. Part 26 shall apply:
i a) When a DBE participates in a contract, count only the value of the work actually
performed by the DBE toward DBE participation .
b) Count expenditures to a DBE contractor toward DBE goals only if the DBE is
i performing a commercially useful function on the project.
c) Follow the DBE reporting guidelines established by FDOT.
+
(5) Reporting . Contractor shall report monthly, through the FDOT Equal Opportunity
Reporting System on the FDOT website, actual payment, retainage, DBE status and work type of all
subcontractors and major suppliers . Contractor shall develop a record keeping system to monitor DBE
i participation including the following:
i) number and dollar value of contracts awarded to DBE subcontractors.
+
20
abrMW 9:54 29 AM
ii) a description of the general categories of subcontracts awarded to DBEs. r
iii) the specific efforts employed to identify and award subcontracts to DBEs .
All records relating to DBE participation and subcontracts shall be maintained for a period of five (5) years
following acceptance of final payment. All such records shall be available for inspection by the City, FDOT or
the Federal Highway Administration upon request.
19 . BID OPPORTUNITY LIST.
Federal regulations require the bidder to report on all firms that bid or quote subcontracts on FDOT-
assisted projects , including both DBEs and non-DBEs . The Bid Opportunity List form must be completed by
all bidders identifying ALL subcontractor who quoted to bidder for this project and contract. A form Bid
Opportunity List form is attached and must be submitted with the bid proposal .
20 . NON -COLLUSION •
Bidder shall submit the included Non-Collusion Certification with its bid proposal , certifying that the
bidder has not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion , or
otherwise taken any action , in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with its bid .
Failure to submit the certification with the bid will make the bid non-responsive and not eligible for
award consideration . w
21 . STANDARDIZED CHANGED CONDITIONS CLAUSE
( 1 ) Differing site conditions .
a) During the progress of the work, if subsurface or latent physical conditions are
encountered at the site differing materially from those indicated in the contract or if y
unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, differing materially form those
ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for
in the contract re encountered at the site, the party discovery such conditions shall
promptly notify the other party in writing of the specific differing conditions before the
site is disturbed and before the affected work is performed .
b) Upon written notification , the engineer will investigate the conditions, and if it is
determined that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in
the cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contact, an
adjustment, excluding anticipated profits, will be made and the contract modified in
writing accordingly. The engineer will notify the contractor of the determination r'
whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted.
C) No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the contractor will be allowed
unless the contractor has provided the required written notice.
d ) No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause for any effects caused on
unchanged work. r
(2 ) Suspensions of work ordered by the engineer.
a) If the performance of all or any portion of the work is suspended or delayed by the
engineer in writing for an unreasonable period of time (not originally anticipated ,
customary, or inherent to the construction industry) and the contractor believes that
additional compensation and/or contract time is due as a result of such suspension
or delay, the contractor shall submit to the engineer in writing a request for
adjustment within 7 calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. The
21
aCrOW9:5429AM
w
.. request shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment.
b) Upon receipt, the engineer will evaluate the contractor's request. If the engineer
agrees that the cost and/or time required for the performance of the contract has
w increased as a result of such suspension and the suspension was caused by
conditions beyond the control of and not the fault of the contractor, its suppliers, or
subcontractors at any approved tier, and not caused by weather, the engineer will
w make an adjustment (excluding profit) and modify the contract in writing accordingly.
The contractor will be notified of the engineer's determination whether or not an
adjustment of the contract is warranted .
w c) No contract adjustment will be allowed unless the contractor has submitted the
request for adjustment within the time prescribed .
w d) No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause to the extent that
performance would have been suspended or delayed by any other cause, or for
which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of
this contract.
w
(3) Significant Changes in the Character of Work.
.. a) The engineer reserves the right to make, in writing, at anytime during the work, such
changes in quantities and such alterations in the work as are necessary to
satisfactorily complete the project. Such changes in quantities and alterations shall
not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the contractor agrees to
perform the work as altered .
b) If the alterations or changes in quantities significantly change the character of the
work under the contract, whether such alterations or changes are in themselves
significant changes to the character of the work or by affecting other work cause
such other work to become significantly different in character, an adjustment,
excluding anticipated profit, will be made to the contract. The basis for the
adjustment shall be agreed upon prior to the performance of the work If a basis
cannot be agreed upon , then an adjustment will be made either for or against the
contractor in such amount as the engineer may determine to be fair and equitable.
w
C) If the alterations or changes in quantities do not significantly change the character of
the work to be performed under the contract, the altered work will be paid for as
provided elsewhere in the contract.
w
d) The term "significant change' shall be construed to apply only to the following
circumstances :
1 ) When the character of the work as altered differs materially in kind or nature
from that involved or included in the original proposed construction ; or
w 2) When a major item of work, as defined elsewhere in the contract, is
increased in excess of 125 percent or decreased below 75 percent of the original
contract quantity. Any allowance for an increase in quantity shall apply only to that
portion in excess of 125 percent of original contract item quantity, or in case of a
decrease below 75 percent, to the actual amount of work performed .
22 . CHANGE ORDERS
r
Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) and Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) approval
shall be required on all construction contract changes . All such changes shall be documented on the FHWA
w
22
3522 954.29AM
Approval-Major and Minor Construction Changes, Form No. 700-010-47.
23. TIME EXTENSIONS .
The City may grant an extension of Contract Time when it add s new work items or provides for
unforeseen work, provided that the additional work actually impacts the contract critical path completion
schedule. The City may also grant an extension of Contract Time when a critical path item of work is delayed •
by factors not reasonably anticipated or foreseeable at the time of bid or if failure of the City to fulfill an
obligation under the contract results in delays to the schedule critical path . The City may consider the delays
in delivery of materials or equipment that affect progress on a critical item of work as the basis for granting a
time extension if such delays are beyond the control of the Contractor. Requests for time extensions due to
delay in the delivery of custom manufactured equipment or fixtures will not be considered unless the
contractor furnishes documentation that the order was placed in a timely manner and the lack of such
equipment cased a delay in progress on a critical item .
Extensions of Contract Time will not be granted for delays due to the fault or negligence of the
Contractor.
No allowance for inclement weather should be made in establishing the Contract Time . The City may
grant time extensions on a day for day basis for delays caused only by inclement weather conditions that
prevent the contractor from productively performing critical path items where: (i) the contractor is unable to ab
work at least 50% of the day on a pre-determined critical path item due to the weather; or (ii) the contractor
must make major repairs to work damaged by weather provided that the damage is not due to the contractor's
failure to perform and that the contractor is unable to work at least 50% of the day on pre-determined critical
path items. No
24. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Applicable liquidated damages will be assessed in the following amount: $ 1 ,423 .00 per day IN
25. CONTRACT CLAIMS BY CONTRACTOR
•
Should the contractor intend to file a claim for additional monetary compensation , time or other
adjustments to the contract and the City disputes the contractor's entitlement to the claim or the impact of the
claim , Contractor must provide written notification to the City of contractor's intent to file a claim . This notice
must be given before the contractor begins anywork on which the claim is based . Failure of the contractor to
notify the City before beginning work on any disputed items waives the contractor's right to claim . The
contractor's notice of intent to file a claim should contain :
r
(1 ) A statement as to what changed, including a description of the nature and extent of the
change.
(2) An indication of who directed or what caused the change .
(3) A description of how the change has or will impact the contractor, including reference to any
impacted critical activities on the contractor's latest accepted schedule update. ■
(4) A statement of damages, or an estimate of damages if available, detailing the amount of
compensation , time and/or other adjustment to the contract that is being requested .
■
26. DRUG -FREE WORKPLACE CERTIFICATION
In accordance with Florida Statute 287 .087 , the bidder shall certify that it has and will maintain a drug-free ■
workplace. The bidder shall complete and submit with its bid proposal the attached certification . Failure to
include an executed certification may cause the bid proposal to be considered non-responsive.
■
23
ar,M 95429 AM
■
r
r
a
r
a
r
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
r
24
3EQD06 9:64 29 AM
ft
27 . SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT is
The bidder shall complete and submit with its bid proposal the certification regarding debarment form included
in this package, or an explanation as provided herein . The inability to provide the certification will not •
necessarily result in denial of participation in the project. The bidder shall submit an explanation of why it
cannot provide the requested certification , which will be considered in evaluation of the bidder's bid package.
However, failure by a bidder to furnish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such bidder from this
project. •
The bidder agrees by submitting its bid that should it be awarded the contract, it will not knowingly enter into
any sub-contracts for this project with a person who is debarred , suspended , declared ineligible or excluded
from participation in this transaction . The bidder further agrees that it will require the same certification in all
solicitations for and from all sub-contractors on the project.
The certification is a material representation of fact upon which the City will rely. If it is later determined that No
the bidder rendered an erroneous certification , or knowingly entered into a sub-contract with a subcontractor
who is debarred , suspended or ineligible, the City may terminate the contract for cause of default.
No
28 . EQUIPMENT
(1 ) Publicly Owned Equipment ' The policy definition of publicly owned equipment is ". .
equipment previously purchased or otherwise acquired by the public agency involved for use in its own w
operations." the policy goes on to state that ". . . publicly owned equipment should not normally compete
with privately owned equipment on a project to be let to contract."
(2). Equipment Rental Rates. Contractor shall comply with the cost principles and go
procedures set forth in 48 C .F . R. Part 31 . Reasonable costs of renting construction equipment are allowable;
but the allowability of charges of equipment rentals from any division , subsidiary of organization under
common control of contractor will be determined in accordance with 48 C. F . R. Sec. 31 .205-36(b)(3).
29 . MATERIALS
(1 ) Source of Supply: Convict Labor. Materials produced by convict labor are prohibited ■'
from use on this project unless specific written authority for such use is obtained from FDOT and : (i) such
materials are produced by convicts on parole, supervised release, or probation from a prison .
(2) No Local Preference. The contractor must furnish all materials to be incorporated in the
work, and the contractor shall be permitted to select the sources from which the materials are to be obtained .
The City shall not impose any requirement or enforce any procedure which operates to require the use of, or
provides a price differential in favor of, articles or materials produced within the State .
30 . SALVAGE CREDITS.
There will be no credit to the project as a result of salvaged materials or equipment.
31 . SUBCONTRACTING
■
( 1 ) Prime Contractor Requirement. The prime contractor shall perform at least 30 percent of
contract work with its own organization . This percentage shall be of the original contract price, exclusive of
specialty items, but include the cost of materials and manufactured products purchased or produced by the _
prime contractor.
(2 ) Subcontract approval . No portion of the work may be sublet, assigned, or otherwise
subcontracted without the written consent of the City. Subcontract approval shall be based on satisfactory ■
evidence that each subcontract is in writing and contains all the pertinent provisions . The approval of a
subcontract does not relieve the contractor of responsibility for fulfillment of the contract.
■
25
3820069:5429 AM
■
• 32 . ACCESS TO RECORDS
(1 ) The Contractor agrees to provide the City, FDOT, FHWA, the Comptroller General of the
United States or any of their authorized representatives access to any books, documents,
papers and records of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to the contract for the
purposes of making audits, examinations , excerpts and transcriptions .
(2) The Contractor agrees to maintain all books, records, accounts and reports required under
the contract for a period of not less than five years after the date of termination or expiration
of the contract, except in the event of litigation or settlement of claims arising from the
performance of the contract, in which case Contractor agrees to maintain same until the City,
the FTA Administrator, the Comptroller General, or any of their duly authorized
representatives, have disposed of all such litigation , appeals, claims or exceptions related
thereto.
i
33. PROGRAM FRAUD AND FALSE OR FRAUDULENT STATEMENTS OR RELATED ACTS
( 1 ) The Contractor acknowledges that the provisions of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act
of 1986 , as amended , 31 U .S. C. §3801 et seg. and U .S. DOT regulations , "Program Fraud
Civil Remedies ," 49 C . F. R. Part 31 , apply to its actions pertaining to this Project. Upon
execution of the underlying contract, the Contractor certifies or affirms the truthfulness and
accuracy of any statement it has made, it makes, it may make, or causes to be made ,
pertaining to the underlying contract or the FHWA assisted project for which this contract
work is being performed . In addition to other penalties that may be applicable , the
Contractor further acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false , fictitious, or
fraudulent claim , statement, submission, or certification , the Federal Government reserves
the right to impose the penalties of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 on the
Contractor to the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate .
(2) The Contractor also acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious,
or fraudulent claim , statement, submission, or certification to the Federal Government under
a contract connected with a project that is financed in whole or in part with Federal
assistance originally awarded by FHWA, the Government reserves the right to impose the
penalties of 18 U .S .C . §1001 and 49 U .S.C. §5307(n )( 1 ) on the Contractor, to the extent the
Federal Government deems appropriate .
(3) The Contractor agrees to include the above two clauses in each subcontract financed in
whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FHWA. It is further agreed that the
clauses shall not be modified , except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to the
provisions.
34 . NO OBLIGATION BY THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT
( 1 ) Absent the express written consent by the Federal Government, the Federal Government or
the Federal Highway Authority is not a party to the contract and shall not be subject to any
obligations or liabilities to the City, Contractor, or any other party (whether or not a party to
that contract) pertaining to any matter resulting from the underlying contract.
(2) The Contractor agrees to include the above clause in each subcontract financed in whole or
in part with Federal assistance provided by FHWA. It is further agreed that the clause shall
not be modified , except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to its provisions.
i
i
26
aSQ00695429 AM
r
GENERAL CONDITIONS AND TERMS
Section Caption
GC 1 Definitions
GC 2 Execution , Correlation and Intent
GC 3 Contractor Liable and Responsible to Owner
r
GC 4 Engineer's Status
GC 5 Design , Drawings and Specifications
GC 6 Materials, Labor, Equipment r
GC 7 Permit and Fees
GC 8 Project Manager
GC 9 Subcontractors and Suppliers `
GC 10 Contractor Meetings
GC 11 Scheduling r
GC 12 Schedule of Values
GC 13 Land for Work
GC 14 Survey, Lines and Grade
GC 15 Site Conditions
GC 16 Subsoil Conditions
r
GC 17 Surface and Subsurface Water
GC 18 Contractor Work Area
GC 19 Contractor-Furnished Materials , Equipment and Workmanship
GC 20 Protection of the Work and Property
GC 21 Utilities
GC 22 Delivery Unloading and Storage
GC 23 Fire Protection
GC 24 Illumination
r
GC 25 Dust Control
GC 26 Pollution Control
GC 27 Explosives and Hazardous Materials r
GC 28 Labor
GC 29 Safety
GC 30 Progress `
GC 31 Inspection
GC 32 Testing
GC 33 Substitution
GC 34 Correction of Defective Materials or Workmanship
GC 35 Correction of Work
GC 36 Owner's Right to Correct or Complete Work
GC 37 Changes in Work
GC 38 Use of Completed Portions r
GC 39 Cleaning Up
r
27
3V2W69:5429 AM
GC 40 Basic Requirements Prior to Substantial Completion
GC 41 Final Inspection and Acceptance
r
GC 42 Extension of Time
GC 43 No Damages for Delay; Exclusive Remedy
GC 44 Payment Procedure
GC 45 Liens
GC 46 Surety or Performance Bond
. GC 47 Insurance
GC 48 Indemnity
GC 49 Dispute Resolution
GC 50 Owner's Right to Terminate Contract for Cause
GC 51 Suspension or Termination by Owner for Convenience
a GC 52 Contractor Obligations Upon Termination
GC 53 Removal of Equipment
s GC 54 Warranty
GC 55 Royalties and Patents
GC 56 Verbal Agreements
i
GC 57 Miscellaneous Provisions
s
r
r
r
28
3Mi20069:5429AM
GC 1 DEFINITIONS i
(a) The "Owner", the "Contractor', and the "Engineer" are treated throughout the Contract as if
each were of the singular number and masculine gender.
i
(b) "Engineer" shall be used and shall be understood to mean the professional engineer or
architect consultant retained by the City or the designed staff engineer of the Public Utilities Department of the
City/County.
(c) "Subcontractor' includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor, and it
includes one who furnishes material worked to a special design according to the plans and specifications of
this work but does not include one who merely furnishes material not so worked . •
(d) The term "work" means the construction services required by the Contract Documents/ this
Agreement and requires all labor, materials and services to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the
i
Contractor's obligations under this Agreement.
GC 2 EXECUTION CORRELATION AND INTENT OF DOCUMENTS:
The Contract Documents shall be executed in two original sets by Owner and Contractor. The Contract
Documents are complementary, and wherever possible the provisions of the documents shall be construed in
such manner as to avoid conflicts between provisions of the various documents. In the event of any conflict
among the Contract Documents , the Documents shall be construed according to the following priorities :
i
First Priority: Specifications (quality)
Second Priority: Drawings (location)
Third Priority: Special Terms r
Fourth Priority: General Terms and Conditions
Fifth Priority: Contract Documents
Sixth Priority Invitation to Bid
Seventh Priority Contractor's Bid i
In any event of inconsistency, however, the latest, and more stringent, or technical , or the greater quantity
requirements shall control the work to be performed by the Contractor. W
CG 3 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES.
a) The Contractor shall be held liable to the Owner for the performance of all work provided for
under this Contract. These specifications make no attempt to fix the scope of the work of any
subcontractor nor the responsibilities of the subcontractors.
b) Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and
machinery, heat, utilities , and other facilities and services necessary for the property execution and
completion of the Work.
C) Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction means , methods, techniques, f
sequences, procedures and safety programs in connection with the performance of the work .
Contractor shall be solely responsible for the engagement and management of any subcontractors
used to perform any portion of the work.
d) The Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for materials furnished . This shall include all
materials whether manufactured and/or fabricated by other persons . In the event that an agent or
other representative of the Owner approved the installation or erection of any item of material and the r
Contractor feels the same is not fabricated in good workmanlike manner, he shall forthwith advise the
Engineer and the Owner thereof in writing .
e) The Contractor shall provide for each of the following activities: r
(1 ) Maintain a log of daily activities, including manpower records , weather, delays, major
decisions, etc.
r
29
aW" 9:5429AM
r
+
+ (2) Maintain a roster of subcontractors will name and contact telephone numbers for key
personnel .
+ (3) Provide a safety program for the project and conduct a safety meeting prior to
commencing work.
f) Any disputes which may arise in this connection between the Contractor and any
+ subcontractor must be settled between the parties concerned. The Owner will not undertake nor be in
anyway responsible for the settlement of such disputes.
GC 4 ENGINEER'S STATUS .
+ a) The Engineer will provide observation of the Contractor's activities and progress of the work.
The Engineer will make complete and thorough inspections of all construction, draft change orders, and verify
and certify partial and/or final payments due to the Contractor. The Engineer may, during the life of the
+ Contract issue additional instructions, by means of drawings, minor change orders or otherwise, necessary to
illustrate changes in the work.
b ) The Engineer shall have authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be
necessary to insure the proper execution of the Contract or to protect the public and/or property. He shall also
have authority to reject all work and materials which do not conform to the Contract and to decide questions
which arise in the execution of the work.
+
C) The Engineer will make decisions in writing on all claims of the Contractor, and on all other
matters relating to the execution and progress of the work or the interpretation of the Contract documents . All
+
such decisions of the Engineer shall be final .
GC 5 DESIGN , DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
a) The Owner through the Engineer, or the Engineer as the Owner's representative, shall furnish
plans and specifications which completely represent the requirements of the work as far as practical to be
performed under the Documents and shall be true developments thereof. The Owner will be responsible for
the adequacy and sufficiency of the plans and specifications. The Owner or Engineer will provide the
Contractor with copies of all drawings and specifications, not to exceed four (4) complete sets, for the
+ execution of the work .
b) The specifications and the drawings accompanying them are intended to describe and provide
+ for a finished piece of work; they are intended to be complementary and what is called for by either shall be as
binding as if called for by both . The Contractor understands that the work shall be complete in every detail,
notwithstanding every item necessarily involved is not particularly mentioned , and the Contractor shall be held
to provide all labor and material necessary for the completion of the indicated work.
C) The Contractor shall , immediately upon receipt of the drawings, check all drawings furnished
and shall promptly notify Owner of any illegibility, errors, omission , defect or discrepancies discovered in such
drawings and shall comment as appropriate upon construction feasibility and practicality. The Contractor shall
+ perform work only in accordance with the permitted drawings and any subsequent revisions thereto.
d) If the permitted drawings change the scope of the work, the Contractor shall notify the owner
+ and Engineer within seven (7) days of receipt of the permitted drawings and such notification shall contain a
written description of the change and its impact on the cost and schedule, if any. Failure to provide such
notice within seven days shall be a complete waiver by the Contractor of all additional cost and time and
Contractor shall perform the work at his expense and complete the work according to schedule and in no
+ event shall Contractor recover delay or consequential damages .
e) The Contractor shall keep at the work site one ( 1 ) copy of all permitted drawings and
specifications kept current with all changes and modifications and shall at all times give the Owner, the
Engineer and all trades performing at the project, access thereto.
30
36200695423 PM
r
r
GC 6 MATERIALS , LABOR, EQUIPMENT. r
Unless otherwise stipulated , the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials , labor, tools,
equipment, services, transportation and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the
work . Unless otherwise specified , all materials incorporated in the permanent work shall be new and both
workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The Contractor shall , if required , furnish satisfactory r
evidence as to the kind and quality of materials.
GC7 QUALITY ASSURANCE r
Contractor shall develop, implement and maintain a plan for the work which quality assurance and
management and control of the construction services. Contractor shall maintain an adequate inspection
system and perform such inspections as will assure that the work performed conforms to the requirement of
the Contract Documents.
CG 7 PERMITS AND FEES .
All Permits or licenses necessary for the performance of the work or required by law or ordinance, r
including Building permits, shall be secured , maintained , and paid for by the Contractor, unless otherwise
provided in the Special Terms. Contractor shall be responsible for all governmental fees, including but not
limited to utility fees and connection fees . Owner shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary easements .
For construction of a building , Owner shall be responsible for all City/County Construction Services plan and
permit review fees
GC 8 PROJECT MANAGER. r
The Contractor shall keep during the term of this Agreement a competent Project Manager and any
necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the Engineer and Owner. The Contractor shall advise the Engineer, in
writing , within ten ( 10) days after the date of Owner's issuance of a Notice to Proceed , the name and local
address of the Project Manager who will be in charge of the project, together with amount of his authority to r
represent the Contractor, along with the Project Manager's cell phone number. The Owner and Engineer shall
be able to reach the Project Manager at his cell phone number at all working hours. The Project Manager
shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the
Contractor. Important directions shall be confirmed on written request in each case. The Contractor shall give
sufficient superintendence to the work using his best skill and attention . If the Contractor, in the course of the
work finds any discrepancy between the plans and the physical conditions of the locality, or any errors or
omissions in plans or in the layout as given by survey points and instructions , he shall immediately inform the r
Engineer and the Owner, in writing , and the Engineer will promptly verify the same. Any work done after such
discovery, until authorized, will be done at the Contractor's risk. Neither party shall employ or hire any
employee of the other party without his consent. At anytime Owner may request and Contractor shall replace r
the individual performing as Project Manager with an individual acceptable to Owner.
GC 9 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS.
a) Within ten ( 10) days after the date of the Owner's issuance of a Notice to Proceed, the r
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner in writing the names of the persons or entities (including those who are
to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) whom the Contractor will engage as sub-
contractors or suppliers for the Project. The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to
whom the Owner has made reasonable and timely objection in writing . The Contractor understands and r
agrees that the Contractor alone is responsible to the Owner for all of the work under the Contract and that
any review of Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors or suppliers by the Owner or Engineer will not in any way
make the Owner responsible to any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor or suppliers, nor will it make the r
Owner responsible for the actions or omissions of any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor or suppliers .
b) By appropriate written agreement, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the
extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the
Contract and Contract Documents , including but not limited to the insurance requirements for workers'
compensation and general liability coverage. The Owner shall be named as an intended Third Party
Beneficiary in all Subcontractor Agreements . Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the r
rights of the Owner under the Contract Documents with respect to the work to be performed by the
Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights , and shall allow to the
r
31
3W2MG95429AM
Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights,
remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the
Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements
,. with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the
execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be
bound, and , upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of
the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors
will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-
subcontractors. Contractor shall include in all subcontracts a provision requiring the Subcontractor to consent
to an assignment of the subcontractor to the Owner.
C) All subcontracts shall provide the following exact language'
Sub-contractor `expressly waives any claims for damages which it may suffer by reason of
delay caused by events beyond its ' control, including delays claimed to be caused by the City
or its Engineer and agrees that its exclusive remedy shall be an extension of its contract
time.
d) The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with
the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or
other construction or operations on the site under contract conditions identical or substantially similar to these.
If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the
Contractor shall make such claim as provided in GC 37-Changes in Work. The Contractor shall afford the
Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and
equipment and performance of their activities and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction
and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents.
e) If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or
operations by the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of
the Work, promptly report to the Owner apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that
would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to so report shall
constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractors completed or partially completed
construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably
discoverable.
GC 10 CONTRACTOR MEETINGS
The Contractor shall, at its expense, attend any and all meetings called by the Owner to discuss the
work under the Contract. The Owner, or its Engineer, will distribute typed minutes of each meeting to all
r
attendees .
GC 11 SCHEDULING .
a) Within ten ( 10) days after the date of the Owner's issuance of a Notice to Proceed , the
Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner and to Engineer a project schedule utilizing the Critical Path
Method (CPM) graphically depicting the activities contemplated to occur as a necessary incident to
performance of the work required to complete the project, showing the sequence in which the Contractor
proposes for each such activity to occur and duration (dates of commencement and completion , respectively)
of each such activity. The construction schedule shall be complete in all respects, covering approvals ,
construction and Owner occupancy, in addition to activities and interfaces with other Contractors at the work
site, offsite activities such as design , fabrication , an allowance for weather delays , submittals , procurement
and jobsite delivery of Contractor furnished material and equipment. Contractor agrees to complete the work
and Project in accordance with the agreed construction schedule as amended by duly executed change
orders.
b) At the end of each calendar month, Contractor shall update and/or revise the construction
schedule to show the actual progress of the work performed and the occurrence of all events which have
affected the progress of performance of the work already performed or will affect the progress of the
32
3U'2)0595429AM
performance of the work yet to be performed , in contrast with the planned progress of performance of such r
work. Each such update and/or revision to the construction schedule shall be submitted to the Owner and
Engineer. Failure of the Contractor to develop , update, revise, or submit the construction schedule(s) as
aforesaid shall be sufficient grounds for the Owner to find the Contractor in material default and shall be r
sufficient cause to terminate the Contract or to withhold payment to the Contractor until a schedule or
schedule update is submitted .
C) The Contractor agrees that whenever it becomes apparent from the progress review meeting r
or CPM schedule that the contract completion date will not be met, the Contractor shall notify the Owner and
Engineer of the potential schedule change within three (3) days of a commencement of delay or knowledge of
a potential delay. Prior to requesting a time extension , Contractor shall execute some or all of the following r
remedial actions at Contractor's sole cost and expense:
1 . Increase manpower as necessary to eliminate work backlog .
2 . Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per working day, working days per
week, construction equipment, or any combination of the foregoing to eliminate the r
backlog .
3 . Reschedule the work in conformance with specification requirements .
d) Neither the Owner nor the Contractor shall be considered to own the schedule float time. r
GC 12 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
If the actual completion date for substantial completion or final completion occurs later than the time r
indicated in the Special Terms or later than the scheduled completion date if a duly authorized change order
for time is issued , liquidated damages in the amount(s) set forth in the Special Terms shall be paid by
Contractor for unexcused delay in performance of the work . . Contractor agrees that Owner's actual damages
in the event of unexcused delay are difficult to ascertain and therefore the parties agree that the sums
established in the Special Terms are reasonably related to what damages Owner may suffer and are
enforceable liquidated damages and not penalties .
GC 12 SCHEDULE OF VALUES .
Within ten ( 10) days after the date of the Owner's issuance of a Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall
submit for review and approval of Owner and Engineer, a schedule of values, by phases of work, to show a
breakdown of the Contract Price corresponding to the payment request breakdown and progress schedule line r
items . The schedule of values must also show dollar value for each unit of work scheduled . Change Orders
are to be added as separate line items .
GC 13 LAND FOR WORK.
Contractor's access to the site and storage areas shall be as shown on the plans and as designated by the
Owner. Access routes may also be used by City employees and other contractors. No other access points
shall be allowed unless approved by the Owner. All contractor traffic authorized to enter the site shall be r
experienced in the route or guided by contractor personnel . The Contractor is responsible for immediate
cleanup of any debris deposited along the access route as a result of its construction traffic. In the event the
Owner provides conditions or reasonable restrictions on the use or access to the lands upon which or adjacent
to the Work under this Contract is to be done, Contractor shall comply with all such conditions or restrictions. r
Any delay in the furnishing of these lands by the Owner shall be deemed proper cause for an equitable
adjustment in both Contract price and time of completion .
r
Owner, and its duly authorized employees and representatives, and representatives of all
governmental agencies having jurisdiction over work areas or any part thereof, shall , at all reasonable times,
have access to such areas and the premises used by Contractor. Contractor shall also arrange for Owner, its
representatives and employees, to have access at all reasonable times to all places where equipment or
materials are being manufactured, produced or fabricated for use under the Contract.
GC 14 SURVEY, LINES AND GRADE r
Unless otherwise specified, the Engineer shall furnish all land survey control points , base lines and
benchmarks for the location of the work . The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all lines,
33
a62" 9:5429 AM
r
r points, and elevations furnished and shall bear the expense of resetting same if Contractor or any of its
subcontractors move or destroy or render inaccurate any such base lines , points and elevations . From the
information provided by the Engineer, the Contractor shall develop and make all detail surveys and establish
r lines and grades as required . The Contractor shall keep the Engineer informed as to his needs for base lines
or bench marks in order that the same may be furnished and all necessary measurements made for the
record with a minimum of inconvenience to the Engineer or delay to the Contractor.
r GC 15 SITE CONDITIONS.
Contractor shall have the sole responsibility of satisfying itself concerning the nature and location of
the work and the general and local conditions , and particularly, but without limitation , with respect to the
r following : conditions affecting the transportation , access, disposal , handling and storage of materials ; the
availability, quantity and quality of labor, water and electric power; availability and condition of roads; climatic
conditions; location of underground utilities; existing site conditions , topography and ground conditions;
subsurface geology, and nature and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered ; and all
r other matters which can in any way affect eh performance of the Contract or the cost associated therewith .
Contractor's failure to assess the site conditions will not relieve it from the responsibility for properly estimating
the costs and schedule of performing the work.
GC 16 SUBSOIL CONDITIONS .
Unless otherwise stipulated in the plans and specification , no subsoil investigations have been made .
The Contractor shall satisfy itself as to all subsoil conditions.
r
GC 17 SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE WATER
The control of surface and subsurface water by Contractor shall be permitted bythe proper regulatory
agencies, with copies submitted to Owner. Contractor shall immediately remedy any permit violations and
shall be responsible for any fines or penalties assessed by such agencies for permit violations.
CG 18 CONTRACTOR WORK AREA
Contractor's work area on the job site will be assigned by Owner. Contractor shall confine its office,
storage, assembly, equipment and parking to the areas so assigned . Should Contractor find it necessary to
use any additional land outside the work site for any purpose, Contractor shall , at its expense, provide for the
use of any such additional land .
r
CG 19 CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND WORKMANSHIP
Contractor shall provide and use on any work only such construction plant and equipment as are
r capable of producing the quality and quantity of work and materials required by the drawings and
specifications within the established schedule . Only new, unused materials and items of recent manufacture,
of designated quality, free from defects, will be accepted. Contractor shall, if requested, furnish evidence
satisfactory to the Owner as to the kind and quality of materials . Contractor shall utilize lumber, timber and
other forest products produced and manufactured in Florida when such products are available and their price,
fitness and quality are equal to comparable products . Upon written order of the Owner, Contractor shall
discontinue operation of unsatisfactory plant, equipment and/or facilities . Owner will be the final authority for
determining conformance of workmanship , materials, equipment and systems with the requirements of the
r Contract. (255 .20)
Where Contractor supplied drawings are required for planning or performance of the work, such
drawings shall include, but not be limited to, matchmarks , erection diagrams and other details such as field
connections for property installation. Such drawings shall be submitted by and at the expense of Contractor.
At least 21 days shall be allowed for review by Owner. If drawings show variations from the contract
requirements, the Contractor shall describe such variations in writing at the time of submission . Review and
permission to proceed by Owner does not constitute acceptance or approval of design details, calculations,
analyses, test methods or materials develop or selected by the Contractor and does not relieve Contractor
from full compliance with contractual obligations .
Where samples are required , samples shall be submitted by and at the expense of Contractor.
Materials represented by such samples shall not be manufactured , delivered to the site or incorporated into
r
34
MOM 9x5429 AM
s
the work without such review. At least 21 days shall be allowed for Owner's review.
The Owner or Engineer shall notify the Contractor of defective or unacceptable work if the Owner
discovers such . No work defect in construction or quality, or deficient in meeting any requirement of the
Contract, drawings or specifications, will be acceptable regardless of Owner's failure to discover such defects
during construction ; nor will inspection by the Engineer relieve Contractor from ensuing the quality of the work
as required by the Contract. No payment, whether partial or final , shall be construed as an acceptance of
defective work or improper materials.
GC 20 PROTECTION OF THE WORK AND PROPERTY
The Contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection of all work from loss, theft or damage
from whatever cause , and shall take all reasonable precautions to protect the property of the Owner and third
parties from theft, injury or loss arising in connection with this Contract. Contractor shall comply with the
requirements of the Owner and its insurance carriers and all applicable laws , codes and regulations with
respect to prevention of damage .
Contractor shall preserve and protect all cultivated and planted areas and vegetation such as trees,
plants , shrubs and grass on or adjacent to the premises , which , as determined by Owner, do not reasonably
interfere with the performance of the work . Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any such areas and
vegetation and for unauthorized cutting of trees and vegetation . Contractor shall leave all adjacent property in
as good condition as it was prior to beginning of the Contract. All cost in connection with any repairs or
restoration necessary or required as a result of damage shall be borne by Contractor.
Where practical , Contractor shall erect a temporary fence around the work site . Contractor shall
prepare and maintain accurate reports of incidents of loss, theft or vandalism and shall furnish these reports to
Owner wither three (3) days of each incident.
Until final acceptance of the work by the Owner, the Contractor shall have full and complete charge or
and shall bear all risk of loss of, and injury or damage to, the work performed under this Contract, or any
portion thereof, including materials , Owner-furnished supplies and equipment, from any cause whatsoever.
Contractor shall rebuild , repair, restore and make good any damages, injury, or loss to the work and to the
property of the Owner or third parties, except such as may be directly due to errors in the Contract documents
which the Contractor did not or could not have discovered through due diligence, or caused by agents or
employees of the Owner, unless such loss or damage would be covered by any policyof insurance maintained
by the Contractor.
GC 21 UTILITIES
The Contractor shall , at its expense, arrange for, develop and maintain all utilities in work areas,
including , but not limited to: construction power, water as required throughout construction , and telephone
service, if needed . Prior to final acceptance of the work, Contractor shall , at its expense, remove all temporary
utilities. Contractor shall conduct its operations so as not to damage, close or obstruct any utility installation ,
highway, road or other property until permits therefore have been obtained .
GC 22 DELIVERY UNLOADING AND STORAGE
Contractor shall, at its expense, receive, unload, store in a secure place, and deliver from storage to
the construction site, all materials, plant and equipment required for the performance of the Contract. Material
and equipment subject to degradation by outside exposure shall be stored in a weather-tight enclosure
provided by Contractor at its expense.
GC 23 FIRE PROTECTION
All necessary precautions to avoid and eliminate fire hazards shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor. Contractor shall provide portable fire extinguishers, properly labeled , located and compatible with
the hazard of each work area and shall instruct personnel in their use.
GC 24 ILLUMINATION i
When any work is performed when daylight is obscured or at night, Contractor shall , at its expense,
r
35
3V20069,5429AM
provide artificial light sufficient to permit work to be carried on satisfactorily and safely.
GC 25 DUST CONTROL
+ For the duration of the contract, the Contractor shall , at its expense, maintain all excavations, roads,
plant sites , borrow areas and all other work areas free from dust. Code-required or industry-accepted
methods of dust control suitable for the area involved and approved by Owner will be permitted.
GC 26 POLLUTION CONTROL
Contractor shall , at its expense, perform its work so as not to discharge into the atmosphere, any body
of water, the ground or groundwater, from any source , smoke, dust or other contaminants in violation of the
+ laws, rules and regulations of all federal , state and local air and water pollution requirements. Contractor shall ,
at its expense, provide suitable facilities to prevent any such discharges. Contractor shall immediately report
to Owner and appropriate authorities any spill of contaminant.
+ GC27 DEBRIS DISPOSAL
All debris shall be legally disposed of at licensed disposal site(s).
GC 27 EXPLOSIVES AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
+ Contractor shall obtain all required federal , state and local permits and licenses and shall be
responsible for the safe and proper handling, transportation , storage and use of any explosive or hazardous
material brought onto or encountered with in the site. The Contractor will notify the Owner immediately if
+ explosive or hazardous materials are encountered on the site . Contractor shall maintain and post as
necessary, Material hazard Data Sheets for all applicable hazardous materials used in the course of the work.
In the event that hazardous material is improperly handled or stored by the Contractor or its sub-contractors,
which results in contamination of the site, Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner and the appropriate
governmental authority and shall take whatever action is necessary or desirable to remediate the
contamination at the Contractor's sole cost and expense. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the
Owner from any expense, action or liability resulting from such contamination and remedial actions.
+
GC 28 LABOR
Contractor shall employ only competent and skilled personnel to perform the work. Contractor shall, if
requested by Owner, remove from thejobsite any personnel of Contractorwho is determined by Owner to be
+ unfit or working in violation of any provision of the Contract. Contractor and all subcontractors shall be bound
by and comply with all applicable Federal , State and local laws regarding labor. All work performed after
regular working hours, on Sundays or legal holidays, shall be performed without additional expense to the
Owner.
GC 29 SAFETY
The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions
+ and programs in connection with the work . Contractor will provide to each worker on the job site the proper
safety equipment for the duties being performed by the worker and will not permit any worker on the job site
who fails or refuses to use the safety equipment. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary
+ watchmen , barricades, warning lights, and signs and take all necessary precautions for the protection of all
persons involved in the work, the public, and all employees or representatives of Owner. All work and all
equipment, machinery, materials and tools shall be in compliance with and conform to all applicable laws,
ordinance, rules and regulations .
GC 30 PROGRESS
During construction , Contractor shall keep a marked-up and up-to-date set of drawings showing as-
built conditions on that site as an accurate record of all deviations between work as shown and work as
+ installed . These drawings shall be available to Owner and Engineer for inspection at any time.
During construction, Contractor shall keep a marked-up and up-to date set of specifications showing
+ as-is conditions on the site annotated to clearly indicate all substitutions or product selections that are
incorporate into the work. These specifications shall be available to Owner and Engineer for inspection at any
time .
36
MrzM 9:5429 rug
i
i
If at any time Contractor's actual progress is inadequate to meet the requirements of the Contract,
Owner may so notify Contractor who shall thereupon , at its expense , take such steps as may be necessaryto
improve its progress to meet the approved schedule . If within a reasonable period as determined by Owner, i
Owner determines that Contractor is not prosecuting its work with such diligence as will assure completion
with the times scheduled, the Owner may declare a default of this Contract.
i
GC 31 INSPECTION .
Engineer: The Owner may provide Engineering personnel for the observation of the work. The
Owner, Engineer and their representatives shall at all times have access to the work whenever it is in
preparation or progress, and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and for inspection . i
If the specifications , the Engineer's instructions , applicable laws, ordinances, or any public authority require
any work to be specially tested or approved , the Contractor shall give the Engineer timely notice of its
readiness for observation and , if the observation is by another authority than the Engineer, of the date fixed for r
such observation . If any work should be covered up prior to any quality inspection or test by Owner or
Engineer, it must, if required by the Engineer, be uncovered for inspection and properly restored at the
Contractor's expense.
r
GC 32 TESTING
Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, drawings or specifications, shop testing of material or work
shall be performed by the Contractor at its expense and in accordance with the technical specifications.
Should tests in addition to those required by the specifications be desired by Owner, Contractorwill be advised
in reasonable time to permit such additional testing at Owner's expense , unless additional tests are required
due to Contractor's work or materials having failed any initial test. Contractor shall furnish samples as
requested and shall provide reasonable assistance and cooperation necessary to permit tests to be performed ■
on materials or work in place, including reasonable stoppage of work during testing.
GC 33 SUBSTITUTION .
The naming of a specified product of specific manufacturers for equipment or materials under the
various items of specifications or as shown on the plans shall be interpreted as establishing a minimum
standard of quality and performance . It shall not be construed as eliminating the selection of other than the
named equipment or materials equal to those specified, unless the materials are specifically designated as not i
permitting substitution .
Prior to proposing any substitute item , Contractor shall satisfy itself that the item proposed is equal or
better to that specified , that such item will fit into the space allocated, that such item affords comparable ease i
of operation , maintenance and service, that the appearance, longevity and suitability for the climate are
comparable, that by reason of costs savings , reduced construction time or similar demonstrable benefit, the
substitution of such item will be in Owner's interest and will in no way detrimentally impact the project i
schedule. The burden of proof that such an item offered is equal in all respects to that specified shall be the
Contractor's . Contractor shall submit drawings, samples, data and additional information as may be required
by Owner. All requests for substitutions, with supporting information, shall be submitted by and at the expense
of Contractor. At least 35 days shall be allowed for Owner's review.
The Owner or its Engineer shall make the determination as to the acceptability of any substitution .
Approval of a substitution shall not relieve Contractor from the responsibility for compliance with all i
requirements of the Contractor. Contractor shall coordinate the change with all trades and bear the expense
for any changes in other parts of the work caused by any substitution .
Contractor may make only two requests for substitution in the same category and Contractor shall be i
invoiced the expenses incurred by Owner for its design professionals in reviewing additional substitution
requests , unless otherwise approved by Owner.
i
GC 34 CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP
If any material , equipment or workmanship is determined by Owner, either during performance of the
i
37
MOW 955'S AM
work, during final quality inspection or during the warranty period , to be defective or non in compliance with the
specifications and the Contract, Owner shall notify Contractor in writing that such material , equipment or work
is rejected and the Owner reserve the right to withhold payment on any such item . Contractor shall, at its own
expense, immediately remove and replace or correct such defective material , equipment or work by making
the same strictly comply with all requirements of the drawings, specifications and contract. If Owner or
Engineer deems it inexpedient to correct work that has been damaged or that was not performed in
accordance with the drawings , specifications and contract, an equitable deduction from the contract price shall
be made for such work.
GC 35 CORRECTION OF WORK.
The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all materials condemned bythe Engineer as
failing to meet contract requirements whether incorporated in the work or not, and the Contractor shall
promptly replace and re-execute his own work in accordance with the Contract and without expense to the
Owner and shall bear the expense of making good all work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by
such removal or replacement. Contractor further agrees to correct all work found by the Owner to be defective
in material and workmanship or not in conformance with the drawings and specifications for a period of one
year from the final certificate of occupancy for the project (or equivalent) or for such longer periods of time as
may be set forth with respect to specific warranties contained in the trade sections of the specifications
Contractor shall commence final completion of nonconforming work and correction of the work within seven
(7) days of written notice by the Owner and shall perform all such work in compliance with the objective
standards commonly found in the construction industry of Palm Beach County, Florida. If the Engineer or the
Owner deems it inexpedient to correct work that has been damaged or that was not done in accordance with
the Contract, an equitable deduction from the Contract price shall be made therefore.
GC 36 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CORRECT OR COMPLETE WORK.
If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the work properly or fail to correct nonconforming work
or fail to perform any provisions of this Contract, the Owner may, after three (3) calendar days written notice
and opportunity to cure to the Contractor, without prejudice to any other remedy Owner may have, make good
.. these deficiencies and may deduct the cost thereof from the payment then or thereafter due the Contractor.
GC 37 CHANGES IN WORK.
The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order written additions to or deductions from the
work, the Contract price being adjusted accordingly. The Engineer, with the consent of the City, will have
authorityto make minor changes in the work not involving extra cost, and not inconsistent with the purpose of
the work. If the Contractor believes that a variation or change justifies a modification in the Contract price, the
Contractor may submit a request for change order at its expense. If a request for change order is made, the
Contractor is not authorized to vary the work unless a written Change Order or written Construction Change
Directive is issued by the Engineer and executed by the Owner. No change order shall be valid unless
executed by the authorized signatory of the Owner. The Engineer is not authorized to bind the Owner to
change in contract price or time. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer within seven (7) days of any
occurrence which , in the opinion of the Contractor, entitles it to an adjustment of the Contract price or a time
extension . The Engineer will respond to the request for change order within ten ( 10) days of receipt of the
Contractor's notice. For the purposes of this paragraph , a day shall be defined as any business day, Monday
through Friday, excluding holidays. The Engineer and Owner may issue an executed change order
authorizing any changes in the Work, adjustments in the Contract price and extensions of time. Agreement on
any Change Order shall constitute a final settlement and release by Contractor of all matters relating to the
change in the work which is the subject of the Change Order, including, but not limited to, all direct and indirect
costs associated with such change and any and all adjustments to the Contract price and the Contract time .
If a change order is not yet approved or cannot be agreed upon, the Contractor is authorized , upon
issuance of a written Construction Change Directive (CDD ) prepared by the Engineer and approved by the
Owner, to proceed with such change on a time and material basis plus ten percent ( 10%). The Contractor
expressly acknowledges that commencing work without a written Change Order or Construction Chance
Directive executed by Owner in advance of commencement of work waives any claim by Contractor to
additional sums or time.
38
3tQDW 954,29 AM
r
Upon approval by Engineer and Owner as to any adjustments to the contract price and/or time for r
changes performed under a CDD, such approval shall be recorded by the preparation of a change order. The
Contractor shall not seek payment for work performed pursuant to a CDD until it has been converted to a
change order.
r
The Engineer shall have the authority to order minor changes in the work which do not involve
adjustment to the Contract price or time and which are not inconsistent with the intent of the contract
documents . r
A bond rider from the Surety shall be submitted to the City with each change order that increases the
Contract price.
r
GC 38 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS.
The Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any substantially completed portions of
the work. Such use by Owner shall not be construed as constituting final acceptance, and shall neither relieve r
Contractor of any of its responsibilities under the Contract, nor act as a waiver by Owner of any contract
provisions; provided that the Contractor shall not be liable for any repair or maintenance required due to
ordinary wear and tear resulting from such use. However, if such use increases the cost or delays the
completion of remaining portions of work, Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment under the
contract.
GC 39 CLEANING UP. r
Upon completion of any portion of the work, the Contractor shall remove at his own expense from the
Owner's property all temporary structures , equipment and surplus materials not required for later stages of
work, rubbish, and waste materials resulting from his operations. Contractor shall make its own
arrangements, at its own cost, for disposal of rubbish and waste materials. The Owner reserves the right to ■
retain any surplus or salvage materials .
CG 40 BASIC REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION r
The following items shall be completed as a condition precedent to substantial completion and prior to
a request by the Contractor for inspection for substantial completion. In the event the Contract does not define
substantial completion, the following are also conditions for final completion and acceptance:
1 . All general construction completed and the project components shall be clean and all r
systems fully functional .
2 . All mechanical and electrical work substantially complete, fixtures in place, connected,
cleaned and ready for use.
3. Al[ electrical circuits shall be scheduled in panels and all panels and disconnect switches r
properly labeled .
4. Issuance of all permits and certificates, inspections, and other approvals and releases by
governing authorities required for Owner's occupancy and use of the project. r
5. Project site shall be cleared of Contractor's excess equipment and/or supplies and material .
6. All sets of operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment shall have been submitted ,
as referenced in the technical specifications .
7. Manufacturers' certifications and warranties shall be delivered to Owner. r
8. All operations and maintenance manuals for all equipment shall be delivered to Owner.
9 . All required spare parts, as well as any special devises and tools shall be delivered to Owner.
10. All keys and blanks shall have been provided . r
it . Punch list of items required to render the construction services complete, satisfactory and
acceptable to the Owner. If the Contract provides for a multi-phased or multi-structure project, a punch list
must be developed for each phase or structure.
r
Contractor shall arrange a joint site and project inspection(s) with Engineer for inspection for
substantial completion and development of a punch list for the completion of construction services. Said
punch list shall be prepared not later than thirty (30) days after the inspection for substantial completion . r
Punch list items recorded as a result of inspections for substantial completion shall be corrected by the
Contractor prior to any request for final inspection and acceptance.
r
39
352CM 9.5429AM
r
If substantial completion is not obtained at the inspection called by Contractor, for reasons which are
the fault of Contractor, any additional cost to Owner for the Engineer or design professional for any
subsequent inspections for the purpose of determining substantial completion shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor and shall be assessed against the final payment application .
GC 41 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
The following items shall be completed as a condition precedent to a request by Contractor for final
inspection :
1 . Completion of all punch list items recorded from the substantial completion inspection .
2 . A complete set of mylar or paper marked-up as-builts with "RECORD" or "AS BUILT" clearly
printed on each sheet along with one copy on AutoCAD CD Release 14 or better on State Plane Coordinates.
Contractor shall accurately and neatly transfer all deviations from progress as-builts to final as-builts . As-built
records shall include drawings signed and sealed by a registered land surveyor certifying the elevation and
location of improvements . Certified drawings are to show locations , lines and grade of buried pipe line four (4)
inches or larger in diameter and exterior to buildings, and other buried facilities (e.g . valves, tanks, vaults,
storm inlets, ducts, etc. ) installed or discovered as a result of the work. Certified drawings are to show building
corners, sidewalks, paved areas and the location of all above ground structures within the project site.
w Contractor shall sign each final record drawing and note thereon that the final as-builts are complete and
accurate.
3 . A complete set of marked-up specifications with "RECORD" or "AS-BUILT' clearly printed on
the cover. Contractor shall accurately and neatly transfer all deviations from progress specifications to final
as-builts .
4 . A signed and notarized affidavit indicating that no asbestos containing materials were used or
installed during the course of the work.
5. A list of each piece of equipment having an individual value of $500 or greater. The list shall
include , at a minimum , the name, make and model number, quantity installed , value of equipment.
Contractor shall inform Owner in writing that work is ready for final inspection. The Engineer will ,
within five (5) business days, make such inspection . When Engineer finds the work acceptable under the
Contract and all contract terms and conditions fully performed , Engineer shall issue a Final Certification to
Owner.
GC 42 EXTENSION OF TIME .
The time limit for the completion of the work as described in the Contract is of the essence of this
Contract. Contractor must request an extension of the contract completion date in writing and must provide
the following information within seven (7) days of commencement of the delay. Contractor acknowledges that
the evaluation of time extensions will be based on the following information:
1 . All schedule updates, submittals and other conditions of the Contract have been met;
w 2 . The delay is beyond the control of the Contractor and subcontractors and due to no
direct or indirect fault of the Contractor.
3 . Nature of the delay.
4 . Dates of commencement / and end of delay.
5 . Evidence that the delayed work results in a direct delay to the schedule critical path .
6 . List of tasks/work affected by the delay.
7 . Anticipated extent of delay.
8. Recommended action to minimize delay.
9. The Contractor has used all the float time available for the work involved in the delay
request.
Time extensions for weather delays will only be considered if all float time is exhausted prior to the weather
occurrence . Failure of Contractor to timely request a time extension constitutes a waiver by Contractor and a
denial of a time extension .
If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of the work by any act or neglect of the Owner, or if any
employee of the Owner or by any separate Contractor employed by the Owner or by any changes ordered in
40
W200 Rr 29AM
the work, by labor disputes, fire, or unusual delay in transportation , unavoidable casualties or any causes a
beyond the Contractor's control or by delay authorized by the Owner pending resolution of disputes , and such
delay extends the Project completion date, Substantial Completion shall be extended by Change Order for
such reasonable time as the Owner may determine.
a
GC 43 NO DAMAGES FOR DELAY: EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
The Contractor expressly agrees that a change order for an extension of the project completion date
and substantial completion date constitutes its sole and exclusive remedies for efficiency or other related time a
or impact-based claims (hereinafter collectively "delay") or for delay attributable to any foreseen or unforeseen
condition , or for delays claimed to be the result of active, intentional , knowing or passive interference by the
Owner, Engineer, or agents of either, and waives claims for any and all damages which it may suffer by
reason of such claims , including but not limited to, lost profits, loss or impairment of bonding capacity,
destruction of business, overhead , supervision, extended unabsorbed home office overhead , increase
insurance costs, lost profits on alternate or unperformed contracts . Contractor hereby affirms that an
extension of time is the Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy. Apart from extension of time, no payment of a
claim for damages shall be made to the Contractor as compensation for damages for any delays in the work,
whether such delay be avoidable or unavoidable.
GC 44 PAYMENT PROCEDURE.
GC 44 . 1 Contractor's invoices shall reference the bid number. Submittals of estimates and
invoices for payment must be directed to: City/County — Accounts Payable, The City will not be a
responsible for any delay in payment at the City if Contractor submits his estimate and invoice to any
other address.
GC 44 .2 Initial Payment. Prior to submittal of its initial payment request, Contractor shall a
have submitted the following items to the Engineer:
1 . List of Subcontractors and suppliers a
2. Project schedule
3 . Schedule of values
4 . All current certificates of insurance
5 . Designation of Contractor's Project Manager a
GC 44.3 Progress Payments. Not more than once each month, the Contractor shall prepare
and submit a detailed estimate and payment request on a standard AlAform, covering the percentage of a
the total amount of the Contract which has been completed from the start of the job up to and including
the last day of the preceding month, together with such supporting evidence as maybe required by the
Owner and/or the Engineer. This estimate shall also include the cost of such materials and equipment
required in the permanent work as has been delivered to the site and suitably protected but not as yet IN
incorporated in the work. Partial Release(s) of Lien and Subcontractor Utilization Report shall be
submitted with each payment requisition to verify payment(s) to subcontractors and material suppliers .
GC 44 .4 In accordance with the Local Government Prompt Payment Act, until the Project is a
determined to be 50% complete, the Owner shall withhold retainage of ten percent (10%) from each
progress payment pay to the Contractor based on the Contractor's estimate and invoice as approved by
the Engineer. It is agreed that the Engineer shall have the right to finally determine the amount currently a
due to the Contractor.
GC 44 .5 After the Project is determined to be 50% complete , the Owner shall withhold
retainage of five percent (5%) from each progress payment pay to the Contractor based on the a
Contractor's estimate and invoice as approved by the Engineer. It is agreed that the Engineer shall have
the right to finally determine the amount currently due to the Contractor. Contractor may present to
Owner a payment request for up to one-half of the retainage held by Owner. If Owner has grounds under a
Florida law to continue to retain all or a portion of the requested retainage, Owner may continue to hold
such retainage .
a
41
WM069:5429 AM
■
GC 44.5 Final payment may be made to certain select Sub-contractors whose work is
satisfactorily completed prior to the total completion of the Project but only upon advance written approval
of the Owner and Surety.
GC 44 .6 If there remain items to be completed, the Contractor and Owner shall list those items
required for completion and the Contractor shall require the retainage of a sum equal to 200% of the
estimated cost of completing any unfinished items, provided that said unfinished items are listed
separately and the estimated cost of completing any unfinished items likewise listed separately.
GC 44 .7 The Contractor shall timely payand notwithhold payments to Sub-Contractors if such
payments have been made to the Contractor. Should this occur for any reason , the Contractor shall
immediately return such monies to the Owner, adjusting pay requests and project bookkeeping as
required .
s
GC 44.8 Substantial Completion . Following determination by the Engineer of substantial
completion, Contractor shall separately list each item of the punchlist required for final completion and the
estimated cost of completing each item . Provided all pre-requisites for substantial completion have been
' met, Contractor may submit a special payment request along with the cost list for unfinished work. The
City may retain a sum equal to 150% of the estimated cost of completing the unfinished items .
GC 44.9 Final Payment. In case of disputed indebtedness or liens the Contractor may submit
in lieu of evidence of payment a surety or Performance Bond satisfactory to the Owner guaranteeing
payment of all such disputed amounts when adjudicated in cases where such payment has not already
been guaranteed by a Surety or Performance bond .
Upon issuance of a Final Certification by Engineer, and completion of all of the following items, Contractor
may submit its final invoice.
1 . Notarized and corporate sealed Final Release of Liens from all sub-contractors and
suppliers.
2 . Notarized and corporate sealed Final Release of Liens from Contractor.
3 . Consent of surety for final payment.
4 . All pre-requisites for substantial completion and final completion have been met.
The making and acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver and release of all claims by the
Contractor, except those previously made in writing and still unsettled .
GC 44 . 10 Withheld Payments. The Owner may withhold or, on account of subsequently
discovered evidence, nullify the whole or part of any certificate of payment to such extent as may be
necessary to protect Owner if:
a. Defective work or material is not remedied .
b . Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating public filing of claims by Owner orthird parties
against the Contractor.
C. Failure of the Contractor to make payments to sub-contractors or for material or labor.
d . Damage to another Contractor.
e. Contractor is in default of any contract condition .
f. Contractor fails to submit information required by this Contract.
g . Contractor consistently fails to perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
h . Owner has reasonable doubt that Contract work can be completed within the schedule or for
the balance of the Contract price which remains unpaid .
i . Contractors insurance coverage lapsed .
s
42
MrdMR54:29AM
r
j . Owner has a right to claim liquidated damages. ■
When the above grounds are removed or the Contractor provides a Surety or Performance Bond satisfactory to
the Owner, which will protect the Owner in the amount withheld , payment shall be made for amounts r
withheld because of them .
GC 44. 11 The provisions of the Local Government Prompt Payment Act, Section 218.70 at seq , Fla. r
Stat. , are incorporated by reference herein . The Act provides payment due dates, addresses, interest
and payment dispute resolution .
r
GC 45 LIENS .
Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the
Contractor shall deliver to the Owner complete releases of all claims or liens arising out of this Contract, or
receipts in full in lieu thereof and, if required in either case, an affidavit that so far as he has knowledge or r
information the release and receipts include all the labor and materials forwhich a lien or claim could be filed ;
but the Contractor may, if any sub-contractor refuses to furnish a release or receipt in full, furnish a bond
satisfactory to the Owner, to indemnify the Owner against any claim or lien (in cases where such payment is r
not already guaranteed by Surety or Performance Bond ). If any claim or lien remains unsatisfied after all
payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all moneys that the latter may be compelled to
pay in discharging such a lien , including all costs and reasonable attorney's fee.
r
GC 46 CONSTRUCTION PERFORMANCE BOND . (if required)
(A) In accordance with the provisions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes , the Contractor shall provide to
the Owner, on forms furnished by the Owner, a 100% Performance Bond and a 100% Labor and r
Material Payment Bond ("Bond") each in an amount not less than the total Cost of the Project as
defined in Article II . The Bond shall incorporate by reference the terms of the Contract Documents in
its entirety. Moreover, Contractor agrees that the following language shall be expressly included
within the language of its Performance Bond : ■
"Surety expressly agrees to be bound by all terms and conditions relating to liquidated , delay
and time or impact related damages, and is responsible for any and all warranty obligations ■
or damages as a result of latent defects or deficiencies in the work performed under the
Contract Documents incorporated herein or as provided for by Florida law."
(B) Contractor's Surety agrees, moreover, to be bound by all terms and conditions related to delay and ■
liquidated damages. Except as otherwise agreed to in writing , the Contractor's Suretywaives all rights
against the Owner and any of its agents and employees, for damages or other causes of loss by
Contractor's Surety performance of its obligations under the performance bond , including claims by ■
Contractor's Surety against the Owner for costs it asserts were not warranted by these Contract
Documents and excluding only such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the
Owner as fiduciary. This waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though
that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification , contractual or otherwise, did not r
pay the bond premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable
or suretyship interest in the property allegedly damaged .
(C) To be acceptable to The Owner of West Palm Beach as Surety for this Project, a Surety Company r
shall comply with the following provisions:
(1 ) The Surety Company shall have a currently valid Certificate of Authority, issued bythe State of Florida r
Department of Insurance, authorizing it to write surety bonds in the State of Florida.
(2) The Surety Company shall have currently valid Certificate of Authority issued by the United States
Department of Treasury under Sections 9304 to 9308 of Title 31 of the United States Code. ■
(3) The Surety Company shall be in full compliance with the provisions of the Florida Insurance Code .
a
43
War2OO6 95429 AM
■
(4) The Surety Company shall have at least twice the minimum surplus and capital required by the
Florida Insurance Code at the time the invitation to Proposal is issued .
(5) The Surety Company shall have at least the ratings of A-Class V in the latest issue of Best's Key
Rating Guide.
(6) The Surety Company shall not expose itself to any loss on any one risk in an amount exceeding ten
( 10) percent of its surplus to policyholders, provided :
(a) Any risk or portion of any risk being reinsured shall be deducted in determining the limitation
of the risk as prescribed in this section . These minimum requirements shall apply to the
reinsuring carrier providing authorization or approval by the State of Florida, Department of
Insurance to do business in this state have been met.
(b) In the case of the surety insurance company, in addition to the deduction for reinsurance, the
amount assumed by any co-surety, the value of any security deposited, pledged or held
subject to the consent of the surety and for the protection of the surety shall be deducted .
GC 47 INSURANCE .
1 . The Contractor shall maintain and pay for such insurance, issued in the name of the Owner
,. and naming the Owner as an Additional Insured , with such coverages as will protect the Owner from
contingent liability under the Contract, as set forth in the Special Conditions
_ 2 . Coverages . See Special Conditions.
3. The Certificate of Insurance and policy endorsements or riders shall name the City/County as
"ADDITIONAL INSURED" with respect to all Liability coverages. Contractor shall provide
evidence of continued coverage in the event of renewal or policy termination . Owner may
withhold payment to Contractor until evidence of insurance coverage is received .
4 . . These insurance requirements shall not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and
obligations assumed by Contractor under the Contract.
5. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for securing Certificates of Insurance coverage
as set forth above from all subcontractors who are engaged in the work.
GC 48 INDEMNITY.
Contractor agrees to protect, defend, reimburse, indemnify and hold the Owner, its agents, employees
and elected officers and each of them (collectively), free and harmless at all times from and against any and
all claims , liability, expenses, losses, suits, costs , fines and damages, including attorney fees and costs, and
causes of action of every kind and character against the Owner by reason of any damage to property or the
environment, or bodily injury (including death) incurred or sustained by any party hereto, or of any party
acquiring any interest hereunder, and any third or other party whomsoever, or any governmental agency,
arising out of or incident to or in connection with Contractor 's performance under this Contract, Contractor's
acts, omissions or operations hereunder, the site conditions, or the performance, non-performance or
purported performances of the Contractor or any breach of the terms of this Contract; to the extent caused by
the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons or entities
employed or utilized by Contractor in its performance. (§725.06 F .S. )
GC 49 DISPUTE RESOLUTION .
Final Completion . Notwithstanding any other provision , the parties agree that any unresolved dispute
regarding the punch list or any other requirement for Final Completion shall be mediated with the Engineer as
the mediator.
44
MrDWse429AM
Waiver of Arbitration . The Owner and Contractor agree expressly waive any and all provisions •
regarding arbitration , including any and all provisions regarding arbitration as a condition precedent to litigation
contained elsewhere in any Contract Documents .
GC 50 OWNER'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT FOR CAUSE. ■
If the Contractor should be adjudged bankrupt, or if he should make a general assignment for the
benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed on account of his insolvency, or if he should
persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except in cases for which extension of time is provided , to •
maintain an established schedule (30 days behind a critical path activity), to supply enough properly skilled
workmen or proper materials; or if he should fail to make prompt payments to subcontractors or for material or
labor or persistently disregard laws, ordinances or the instructions of the Engineer, or otherwise fails to
conform to the Contract requirements or abandons or refuses to perform any work, Owner may without •
prejudice to any other right or remedy, and after giving the Contractor and its Surety seven (7) calendar days
written notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the premises and of all
materials, tools and appliances thereon , and finish the work bywhatever method Owner maydeem expedient. r
In such case, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until Contractor cooperates
with Owner and complies with all reasonable requests regarding the terminated work, the work is finished nor
shall it be relieved from its obligations . If the unpaid balance of the contract price shall exceed the expense of
finishing the work, including compensation for additional managerial and administrative services, this excess •
shall be paid to the Contractor. Reasonable termination expenses incurred by the Owner may be deducted
from any payments left owing the Contractor (excluding monies owed the Contractor for subcontract work). If
the Contractor's surety is directed or agrees to complete the Work, then all payments due after termination ■
shall be made to the Surety until the Work is finished and the Contract price has been expended . The Surety
shall then be responsible for all of the obligations and duties of the Contractor under the Contract Documents
and shall be bound by the conditions of the Contract Documents, this Contract and the Bond to fulfill all
obligations of the Contract Documents for the Contract price in effect as of termination . The Surety may not r
assign those obligations without the written consent of the Owner. The Surety shall be responsible for the
payment of all costs relating to the termination of the employment of the Contractor. Contractor and its surety
shall be jointly and severally liable for all costs in access of the Contract price for completion of the work and r
for liquidated damages . If, upon termination for cause it is determined that Contractor was not in default, the
rights and obligations of the parties shall be as if the notice of termination has been issued for the Owner's
convenience.
r
GC 51 SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE.
1 . The Owner may, at any time, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend , delay or
interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine, or to terminate all r
or a portion of the Contract for the Owner's convenience. Upon such termination, Contractor waives any claim
for damages, including loss of profits. Those Contract provisions which by their nature survive final
acceptance shall remain in full force and effect. If the Owner orders a suspension , the Contract price and •
Contract time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension, delay or interruption.
No adjustment shall be made to the extent that performance is , was or would have been so suspended,
delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or that an equitable
adjustment is made or denied under another provision of this Contract. •
GC 52 CONTRACTOR OBLIGATIONS UPON TERMINATION .
Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of termination , the Contractor shall cease operations as ■
directed by the Owner in the notice; take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection
and preservation of the work ; and except for work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of
termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no
further subcontracts and purchase orders ; and turn over all marked up drawings and specifications showing ■
progress to date. The Owner may assume and become liable at is sole discretion for obligations,
commitments and unsettled contractual claims that the Contractor has previously undertaken or incurred in
good faith in connection with said Project. Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for any unpaid and earned ■
Cost of the Project as of the date of termination , less damages or setoffs applicable under the Contract
Documents. The Contractor shall, as a condition of receiving the payments referred to herein, execute and
•
45
3W3)% 9:5429AM
r
r deliver all such papers and take all such steps including the legal assignment of his contractual rights, as the
Owner may require for the purpose of fully vesting in him the rights and benefits of the Contractor under such
obligations or commitments .
r
GC 53 REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT.
In the case of termination of this Contract before completion , from any cause whatsoever, the
Contractor, if notified to do so by the Owner, shall promptly remove any part or all of its equipment and
r supplies from the property of the Owner, failing which the Owner shall have the right to remove such
equipment and supplies at the expense of the Contractor.
r GC 54 WARRANTY.
Contractor shall warrant that all materials and equipment included in such Work will be new except
where indicated otherwise in Contract Documents, and that such work will be of good quality, free from
improper workmanship and defective materials and in conformance with the drawings and specifications .
r Contractor warrants all equipment, materials and labor furnished under this Contract against defect in design ,
materials and workmanship for a period of twelve (12) months from Final Payment, unless longer warranties
are provided in the Contract Documents in which case the longer period prevails. The Contractor shall collect
and deliver to the Owner any specific written warranties given by others as required by the Contract
r Documents . Notwithstanding any provisions in the Contract Documents to the contrary, this express warranty
shall commence on the date the Owner obtains the final certificate of occupancy for the Project (or
equivalent) . The Contractor shall conduct, jointly with the Owner, a warranty inspection nine (9) months after
r the date of Final Completion . Upon receipt of Notice from the Owner of failure of any part of the guaranteed
equipment or materials during the guarantee period , the defective parts or materials shall be replaced
promptly with new parts or materials by the Contractor, at no expense to the Owner.
GC 55 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS.
The Contractor shall pay for all royalties and license fees . Contractor indemnifies and shall defend
and hold Owner and its representatives harmless from and against all claims, losses, costs, damages and
r expenses, including attorney fees in connection with any claims or actions based upon infringement of any
patent arising out of the use of any materials or equipment or processes furnished or employed by Contractor
under the Contract. The Owner shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular process or the product
of a particular manufacturer, or manufacturers, is specified ; but if the Contractor has information that the
r process or article specified is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible for such loss unless he
promptly gives such information to the Engineer.
GC 56 VERBAL AGREEMENTS .
No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the Owner either before
or after execution of this Contract shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained in any of the
documents comprising said Contract. All contract amendments or change orders shall be written and
r executed by both Owner and Contractor.
GC 57 MISCELLANEOUS TERMS .
r
GC 57 . 1 Headings . The headings contained in these General Terms and Conditions are
provided for convenience only.
r GC 57 .2 Integration . This Contract constitutes the entire agreement between Contractor and
the Owner and supersedes all prior verbal and written agreements, understandings , negotiations and
discussions between the parties hereto. The Invitation to Bid and its terms and conditions are
r incorporated herein and made a part of this Contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any
officer, agent or employee of the Owner either before or after execution of the Contract shall affect or
modify any of the terms or obligations contained in any of the documents comprising said Contract.
r GC 57 .3 Severability. The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provision of the
Contract shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability or any other provision of the Contract and
the Contract shall be construed and enforced in all respects as if the invalid , illegal or unenforceable
46
atmos 9.54:29 PM
r
provision is not contained herein . ■
GC 57 .4 Assignment. The Contractor shall not assign the Contract as a whole or in part
without the written consent of the Owner, nor shall the Contractor assign any monies due or to ■
become due to him hereunder without the previous written consent of the Owner and its surety.
Assigning the Contract shall not relieve the Contractor or his surety from any contract obligations .
GC 57 .5 Specific Waiver. Any waiver issued by the Owner of any provision of the Contract r
Documents shall only be effective if issued in writing by the Owner and shall be specific, shall apply
only to the particular matter concerned , and shall not apply to other similar or dissimilar matters .
Either party's failure to enforce strict performance of any covenant, term , condition , promise,
agreement or undertaking set forth in the Contract shall not be construed as a waiver or ■
relinquishment of any other covenant, term , condition , promise, agreement or undertaking set forth
herein , or waiver or relinquishment of the same covenant, term , condition , promise, agreement or
undertaking at any time in the future. •
GC 57 .6 Public Entity Crimes . By executing a Contract with Owner, Contractor certifies, in
accordance with F.S. 287. 133, that Contractor, its affiliates, suppliers, subcontractors and consultants
who will perform under this Agreement have not been placed on the convicted vendor list maintained ■
by the State of Florida Department of Management Services within the 36 months immediately
preceding the date of the Invitation to Bid .
■
GC 57 .7 Compliance with Laws . Contractor shall comply with all applicable City, State and
Federal laws relating to the provision of services under this Contract, now or hereafter in effect.
Contractor shall complywith all applicable City, State and Federal laws relating to wages, hours , and
all other applicable laws relating to the employment or protection of employees, now or hereafter in ■
effect. It shall not be grounds for a change order that Contractor failed to investigate the codes and
regulations of all applicable government agencies with jurisdiction over the work.
r
GC 57 .8 Small Business Requirements. Contractor shall comply with the Citys Small
Business Ordinance set forth in Chapter 66 of the City Code, which is incorporated herein by
reference .
•
GC 57 .9 No Solicitation. Contractor has not employed or retained any person employed by the
Owner to solicit or secure the Contract and it has not offered to pay, paid , or agreed to pay any person
employed by the Owner any fee, commission percentage, brokerage fee, or gift of any kind contingent ■
upon or resulting from the award of this Agreement.
GC 57 . 10 Non-Collusion . Contractor certifies that it has entered into no agreement to commit a
fraudulent, deceitful , unlawful or wrongful act, or any act which may result in an unfair advantage over ■
other bidders or contractors. (F.S. 838.22)
GC 57. 11 Equal Employment Opportunity: Non-Discrimination. Contractor will not discriminate
against any employee or an applicant for employment because of race, color, religion , sex, national ■
origin or handicap . Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed
and that employees are treated fairly during employment without regard to race, color, religion , sex,
natural origin or handicap . ■
GC 57. 12 Apprentices . If the Contractor employs apprentices on the project, the behavior of
the Contractor and the Owner shall be governed by the provisions of Chapter 446, Florida Statutes,
and by applicable standards and policies governing apprentice programs and agreements established ■
by the Division of Labor of the State of Florida Department of Labor and Employment Security. The
Contractor will include a provision similar to the foregoing sentence in each subcontract .
■
GC 57. 13 Unauthorized Aliens . The Owner shall consider the employment by Contractor or its
subcontractors, any alien not authorized to work by the immigration laws or the Attorney General of
r
47
a6QDW 9.5429 AM
r
i the United States . Such violation shall be cause for unilateral cancellation of this contract.
GC 57. 14 RighttoAudit. Contractor shall maintain adequate records of the services for at least
i three (3) years from project occupancy. Owner, during Contractor's business hours and with at least
24 hours prior notice to Contractor, shall have the right to audit the Contractor's books and records, at
the Owner's expense, with regard to the accounts and services provided to or on behalf of the Owner
hereunder to ensure that all aspects of the Contract are being met. Failure by Contractor to permit
such audit shall be grounds for termination of this Agreement by the Owner.
GC 57. 15 Independent Contractor. Contractor represents that it is properly experienced ,
licensed , equipped and financed to perform the work. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that it is
an independent contractor of the Owner and is not an employee of the Owner and shall maintain
control over its employees , subcontractors and work methods. Contractor more specifically
acknowledges that it: will not be eligible to participate in any employee benefit maintained by the
i Owner; will not be covered by the Owner's workers' compensation insurance; and will be solely and
exclusively responsible for payment of all federal and state income, social security, unemployment
and disability taxes due in respect of all compensation and/or other consideration paid by the Owner
r
to Contractor hereunder.
GC 57 . 10 Availability of Funds . The obligations of the City/County under this Contract are
subject to the availability of funds lawfully appropriated for its purpose.
i
GC 57 . 16 Litigation . In the event suit is filed to construe or enforce this Agreement, the
prevailing party in such suit shall be entitled to an award of all costs and expenses incurred in
connection therewith , including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs through trial
i and appeal .
GC 57 . 17 Governing Law: Venue. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted, and the
.. rights of the parties hereto determined, in accordance with Florida law. The Owner and Contractor
submit to the jurisdiction of Florida courts and federal courts located in Florida. The parties agree that
proper venue for any suit concerning this Agreement shall be Palm Beach County, Florida, or the
Federal Southern District of Florida . Contractor agrees to waive all defenses to any suit filed in
Florida based upon improper venue or forum nonconveniens.
GC 57. 18 Notices. All written notices and other communications required or provided for under
this Contract shall be sent by certified mail, return receipt requested , postage prepaid, in the case of
mailing, or by overnight or same day courier, or hand delivered to the following address and person
bearing the following title for each party hereto or such other addressee or person as shall be
designated by a party in a written notice given in the manner required hereby:
i
to Owner: City/County
to Contractor: [to Contractor at the address listed on the first page of
this Contract to the attention of the Project Manager]
i GC 57. 19 Taxes. Contractor shall pay all taxes, duties and assessments imposed by law and
applicable to the Contract. Contractor is not entitled to Owner's tax exempt status and shall pay all
sales taxes . The Contract price shall include all taxes .
i
GC 57.20 Public Records. Contractor shall comply with Chapter 119, Florida Statutes ,
regarding access to public records . Failure of compliance may be grounds for termination by the
Owner.
i
48
M2DW 9:54:29 AM
w
■
SPECIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
■
1 . GENERAL INFORMATION
■
The original and three (3) copies of your bid shall be submitted to Procurement Division at the
time and date specified . At the designated time and place, the City Procurement Official or designee
■
will publicly open the bids . These documents constitute the complete set of specification
requirements and bid forms. It is the responsibility of the bidderto insure thatall pages are included .
Therefore, all bidders are advised to closely examine this package . Any questions regarding the ■
completeness of this package should be immediately directed to the Procurement Division . ALL BID
PROPOSALS MUST BE SUBMITTED ON THE PROVIDED INVITATION FOR BID " PROPOSALS" ■
FORM . BID PROPOSALS ON VENDOR LETTERHEAD/QUOTATION FORMS WILL NOT BE
ACCEPTED . w
All bid proposals must be typed or written in ink, and must be signed in ink by an officer or employee ■
having authority to bind the company or firm . SIGNATURES ARE REQUIRED WHERE
INDICATED , FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL BE CAUSE FOR REJECTION OF BID. ■
Bidders shall not be allowed to modify their bids after the opening time and date. Bid files may be
■
examined during normal working hours, after bid opening , by appointment only.
Time is of the essence and any bid received after 3 : 00 P.M . on XXXXXXX )(X,2006, whether by
mail or otherwise , will be returned unopened . The time of receipt shall be determined by the time
clock located in the office of the Procurement Official . Bids shall be placed in a sealed envelope ,
marked in the lower left-hand corner with the Bid number, title , and date and hour bids are
scheduled to be received . Bidders are responsible for insuring that their bid is stamped by ■
Procurement Office personnel by the deadline indicated . The City shall in no way be responsible for
delays caused by any other occurrence . Offers by telephone , telegram or facsimile shall not be ■
accepted . For information concerning this bid , please contact:
City/County, Procurement ■
49
awoo69e4:29AM
■
2. REJECTION OF BIDS
y' The Procurement Official reserves the right to reject any or all bids , in whole or in part, and to waive
any informality in any proposal . Additionally, proposals may be considered irregular and may be
.. rejected if the proposal : 1 ) does not strictly conform to the requirements of the bid ; 2) shows
omissions; 3 ) bid form is altered ; 4 ) additions are added which were not called for; 5) is conditional ;
6 ) the unit prices are, in the opinion of the City, unbalanced either in excess or below the reasonable
cost analysis values; 7) abandonment of the project; and 8 ) bids are over the approved budget for
r
the project.
3 . BIDDER'S UNDERSTANDING
Bidders shall make all investigation necessary to thoroughly inform themselves regarding the bid ,
including visiting the work site to ascertain by inspection pertinent local conditions such as location ,
character and accessibility of the site , availability of facilities , location and character of existing work
within or adjacent thereto , labor conditions, etc. The City shall make available to all prospective
Bidders , prior to the receipt of bids, any available information that may be requested by Bidders .
Any such data will be distributed to all prospective bidders as the best factual information available ,
without presumption of responsibility for its accuracy or for any conclusions that the bidder may
draw there from . The Bidder shall accept the site or sites in their present condition .
4. INSPECTION OF FACILITIES
It is the bidder's responsibility to become fully informed as to the nature and extent of the work
required and its relation to any otherwork in the area , including possible interference from other site
activities. Arrangements for bidder's inspection of facilities and/or activity schedules may be
r
secured from the Project Engineer at (XXX) XXX-XXXX. Failure to visually inspect the facilities shall
be cause for rejection of your bid .
5. LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
Federal , State , County and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that in any manner affect
the items covered herein apply. Lack of knowledge by the bidder will in noway be a cause for relief
from responsibility.
( 1 ) The City's Small Business Ordinance No. 3790-04 is made a part of these documents by
reference hereto .
50
Ar OX 9:5429 AM
(2) In compliance with Florida Statute (Section 287.087) attached form "Drug-Free
Workplace Certification" should be fully executed and submitted with bid response .
(3) The Uniform Commercial Code (Florida Statutes , Chapter 672 ) shall prevail as the basis
for contractual obligations between the awarded contractor/vendor and the City/County for ■
any terms and conditions not specifically stated in the Invitation for Bid .
•
(4) The obligations of the City/County under this award are subject to the availability 0f funds
lawfully appropriated for its purpose .
(5) This Invitation for Bid shall be included and incorporated in the final award . The order of
contractual precedence will be the purchase order or price agreement release , bid document
(original Terms and Conditions), and response . Any and all legal action necessary to
enforce the award will be held in the City/County and the contractual obligations will be •
interpreted according to the laws of Florida .
6. CERTIFICATION, LICENSES AND PERMITS •
Vendor must include with his bid a copy of all applicable Certificates of Competency issued by the •
State of Florida or the Palm Beach County Construction Industry Licensing Board and a current
Occupational License for Palm Beach County in the name of the vendor shown on the bid proposal
•
page. If awarded contract, vendor will be required to obtain an Occupational License for the
City/County. It shall also be the responsibility of the vendor to submit, prior to commencement of
•
work, any and all permits required to complete this contractual service at no additional cost to the
City/County.
i
7. SUBCONTRACTING
If a vendor subcontracts any portion of a contract for any reason , he must include , in writing , the •
name and address of all Minority and Non-Minority subcontractors, their telephone numbers and
extent of work to be performed . This information shall be submitted with bid proposal on the ■
Schedule of Subcontractors . All Small Business Enterprise subcontractors must be listed on the
Statement of Small Business Subcontractor Participation and this information submitted with bid •
proposal . The City/County reserves the right to reject a bid of any bidder if the bid names a
subcontractor who has previously failed in the proper performance of an award , or failed to deliver •
on time contracts of a similar nature , or who is not in a position to perform under this award . The
•
51
38/M 9r.54:29 AM
City/County reserves the right to inspect all facilities of any subcontractor in order to make a
determination as to the foregoing .
8. FEDERAL AND STATE TAX
The City/County is exempt from Federal Tax and State Tax for Tangible Personal Property. The
Procurement Official will sign an exemption certificate submitted by the successful bidder. Vendors
or contractors doing business with the City/County shall not be exempted from paying sales tax to
their suppliers for materials to fulfill contractual obligations with the City, nor shall any
Vendor/Contractor be authorized to use the City's Tax Exemption Number in securing such
r
materials .
9 . EEO STATEMENT
Equal Opportunity: The City/County believes in equal opportunity practices which conform to both
the spirit and the letter of all laws against discrimination and is committed to nondiscrimination
because of race, creed , color, sex, age , or national origin .
10. CONFLICT OF INTEREST
The award hereunder is subject to provisions of State Statutes and City Ordinance. All bidders must
disclose with their bid the name of any officer, director, or agent who is also an employee of the
City/County. Further, all bidders must disclose the name of any City employee who owns, directly or
indirectly, interest often percent ( 10%) or more in the bidder's firm or any of its branches .
11 . BID PROPOSAL COST
Bidderwarrants by virtue of bidding that prices shall remain firm fora period of ninety (90) days from
_ the date of bid opening or time stated in special conditions .
12. ERRORS/ERASURES/CORRECTIONS
BIDS HAVING ERASURES OR CORRECTIONS MUST BE INITIALED IN INK BY THE BIDDER.
In the event of extension error(s), the unit price will prevail and the bidder's total offer will be
corrected accordingly. In the event of addition errors, the extended totals will prevail and the
bidder's total will be corrected accordingly.
Bidders may offer a cash discount for prompt payment. However, such discounts will not be
considered in determining the lowest net cost of bid evaluation purposes unless otherwise specified
in special conditions . Bidders should reflect any discounts to be considered in the unit prices bid .
52
3620069:5429 AM
13. POSTING OF AWARD TABULATIONS
Recommended awards will be posted for review by interested parties, atthe Procurement Division , •
prior to submission through the appropriate approval process , and will remain posted fora period of
five (5) calendar days . Bidders desiring a copy of the bid tabulation of the Invitation for Bid may ■
request same be enclosing a self-addressed , stamped envelope with their bid .
•
14. ADDENDUM
No interpretation or changes to the meaning of the Sealed Bid will be made to any Bidder, except by
written addendum .
Alf questions regarding this bid should be submitted in writing and must be received no later than ten ■
(10) calendardays priorto the closing date forbid submittal, addressed to:
■
Procurement Official
City/County Procurement Division ■
All questions will be answered via addenda in a questions and answer format. ■
15. ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION •
The City/County reserves the right to accept or to reject any or all bids and make the award to the •
bidder, who in the opinion of the City will be in the best interest of and/or the most advantageous to
the City. The City/County also reserves the right to reject the bid of any vendor who has previously
failed in the proper performance of an award or to deliver on time contracts of a similar nature or
who is not in a position to perform properly under this award . The City/County reserves the right to
■
inspect all facilities of bidders in order to make a determination as to the foregoing . The City/County
reserves the right to waive any irregularities and technicalities and may, at its discretion , request a
■
re-bid .
16. SELECTION OF BIDDER WITH WHOM TO CONTRACT ■
Selection will be based on the lowest responsible and responsive bidder. The ability to meet the
City's construction schedule requirements will be a factor in determining responsiveness, along with ■
the ability to meet all other requirements in the Invitation to Bid . The City reserves the right to
•
362OD69:54:29 PM
■
determine whether the based bid construction schedule or the alternate construction schedule best
fit the City's needs and budget.
17. PROTEST PROCEDURE
Protest procedures are provided in Chapter 66 of the City Code of Ordinances of the City/County
Procurement. A protest must be addressed to the Procurement Official , in writing , identifying the
protester, the solicitation and the basis for the protest and must be received by the Procurement
Official within seven (7 ) calendar days of the first date that the aggrieved person knew or should
+r
have known of the facts giving rise to the protest. The protest is considered filed when it is received
by the Procurement Official .
Failure to file protest as outlined in the City/County Procurement Ordinance shall constitute a waiver
of proceedings under the referenced City Ordinance.
18 . WARRANTIES
The Contractor shall be required to provide a written one ( 1 ) year warranty covering all labor,
equipment, and materials provided . If required , as specified elsewhere in these documents , the
Contractor shall furnish to the City a surety or performance bond in the amount of 100% of the
contract value at time of signing contract.
19. BID BONDS/DEPOSITS
Each bid must be accompanied by a Bid Bond or Deposit in a sum of not less than five percent (5%)
of the total bid . Bid Bonds and deposits amounting to less than one hundred dollars need not be
_ submitted . All checks should be made payable to the City/County. If the successful bidder fails to
deliver as indicated in the Special Terms and Conditions , does not conform to specifications orfails
to perform as agreed upon , the City/County shall be entitled to retain the deposit to rectify the
•
bidder's unacceptable performance. The only types of acceptable surety will be:
1 . Bid Bond signed by a surety company authorized to do business in the State of
Florida .
2 . Cashier Check.
r 3 . Certified Check drawn on a responsible financial institution .
4 . U . S . Postal Money Order.
The City reserves the right to hold the bid security of the three (3) best value bidders until the
contract is properly executed . Bid deposits of other unsuccessful bidders will be returned after award
54
a 2" 9:54:9 AM
of the contract. ■
20 . PRE-BID SITE INSPECTION AND PRE-BID CONFERENCE
SITE INSPECTION - NONE
PRE-BID CONFERENCE - NONE
21 . TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
BASE BID — TIMEFRAME
The work to be performed as part of the BASE BID project timeframe shall commence on the date of
the written notice to proceed given by the City/County, which is anticipated to be issued on April 3 ,
2006 . All work that is to be performed as part of this contract shall be substantially completed by
November 30, 2006 and totally 100% completed by December 31 , 2006 , with such extensions of
time in calendar days as are provided for in the General Terms and Conditions outlined below.
If said work is not substantially completed within the specified timeframes listed above , the
contractor shall be liable and hereby agrees to pay the owner as liquidated damages, and not as a
penalty, the sum of $ 1 ,423. 00 dollars per calendar day between the date Substantial Completion
of the work is achieved and the Final 100% Completion date and or Acceptance by the City/County
for each and every day or part of a day thereafter that said work remains incomplete.
22 . SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The Contractor shall comply with the following special provisions as part of the contract for the
Flagler Drive Downtown Waterfront Seawall Replacement Project:
( 1 ) (A) BASE BID- TIMEFRAME
The total time for the project construction will commence with a Written Notice to
Proceed from the City/County that is anticipated to be issued to the Contractor on
April 3 , 2006 with the project being substantially completed by the Contractor on
November 30 , 2006 and totally 100% completed by the Contractor on December 31 ,
2006.
(B) CPM SCHEDULE AND NARRITIVE
The Contractor shall submit to the City as part of his bid submission , a detailed r
construction schedule in CPM format outlining the proposed progress of the work to
be performed by the Contractor and his subcontractors for the BASE BID —
TIMEFRAME .
The Contractors CPM schedule for the BASE BID — TIMEFRAME shall include but
not be limited to the demolition phasing dates of the work, manufacturing dates of all ■
components , all phasing dates of the total work required for each component to be
manufactured and installed , the start and completion dates for each phase of the
38Q" 9:54:Z)n
•
• individual components to be installed , street closure dates and durations including
the start and completion dates of each phase.
In addition to the CPM schedule for the BASE BID — TIMEFRAME, the Contractor
shall submit, in narrative format, a detailed description of the means and methods
,. for the Contractor's work including but not limited to the mobilization and
demobilization of all equipment and materials , the demolition sequencing of the
work, the individual phasing sequencing of each component manufacturing and
installation , the Contractor's proposed manpower and equipment allocations and
commitments for each phase of the work, the Contractor's proposed work hours for
each day to be worked , the phasing of road closures with their closure dates and
durations , work sequence and days of the week the Contractor and his
subcontractors will require from the City to complete the work within the time frames
of the BASE BID — TIMEFRAME .
The CPM schedules for the BASE BID — TIMEFRAME and narrative approach for
the project will be used by the City in determining the best value in awarding the
construction contract.
The contractor will not be allowed to change his submitted CPM schedule for the
BASE BID — TIMEFRAME prior to and or after the Award of Contract and the Notice
,w to Proceed is issued by the City/County without prior written approval of the
City/County's Project Manager.
(2) The Contractor shall provide daily clean up of the project work area . Cleanup shall include
but not be limited to removal of trash , construction debris , excavated materials and materials
generated as a result of the demolition of the existing sidewalks, curbs and gutters , road way
components .
(3) The Contractor shall restore all roadways immediately upon the completion of each segment
and or phase of the construction . Such restoration shall be to the satisfaction of the City/County.
(4) The Contractor shall submit for the City/County review and approval , as part of his bid
submission , a sample copy of his company's daily reporting format for reporting the progress of
,. construction . This format shall include but not be limited to the detailing of all labor, equipment and
materials used in the construction of the project along with the areas worked , type of work
performed , problems encountered and daily weather conditions at the work areas. The Contractor
a will be required to submit to the City/County's Project Manager, copies of all daily reports completed
by the Contractor's personnel and his subcontractors at the beginning of the following work day for
each day worked .
(5) The Contractor shall be required to submit (2) copies of 8 1 /2"x 11 " progress color photos
indicating the completion of the contract work with the dates that the work was performed , on a
weekly basis to the City's Project Manager. The Contractor shall also be required to submit as-built
+� surveys, by a registered land surveyor licensed to do work in the State of Florida , on a weekly basis
to the City's Project managerthat indicate the completion of contract work by the Contractor and his
subcontractors .
(6) The Contractor shall provide as part of the contract work , adequate sanitary facilities , within
the fenced-in areas of the total project area , for the use of the Contractor's workmen .
56
W2M9:5429AM
(7) Street Lighting Systems , Pedestrian Lighting Systems Electrical distribution Systems,
The Contractor shall at all times protect and maintain the operation of the existing street lighting
systems, the existing pedestrian lighting systems and the existing underground electrical distribution
systems within the project area including but not limited to all poles , conduits , wiring , pull boxes ,
transformers , switchgear assemblies , meter assemblies, service connection assemblies and lighting
fixtures that are located within the project whether shown or not shown on the contract drawings .
The Contractor shall protect and maintain all existing landscaping and irrigation systems within the
project area during construction .
i
(8) . The Contractor shall maintain and provide a safe access for vehicles and pedestrians at all
times within the project area .
(9) Landscaping and Irrigation Systems - The contractor shall at all times protect and maintain
the existing landscaping and irrigation systems within the project area .
•
23 . INSURANCE PROVISIONS
24. COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS ..
Bidders shall cite compliance with the Required Contract Provisions and shall execute and include
the following in their bid proposals:
1 . Buy America Certificate of Compliance
2 . Certification regarding Lobbying
3 . Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension , Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion- or `
explanation
w
4 . Bid Opportunity List.
5. Certification of Non-Collusion
6 . Drug-Free Workplace Certification
•
7 . All prequalified contractors bidding on this project must include with their bid proposal a copy
of their Certification of Current Capacity (FDOT Form 375-020-22) and Status of Contracts
on Hand (FDOT Form 375-020-21 ).
w
Failure to include the above forms may result in a determination that the bid proposal is non-
responsive.
(***"*Federo! Wage Rages Must be Attached)
End of Special Terms and Conditions
•
57
3M2996 9:5429 AM
■
i
BIDDER' S BOND AND RELATING POWER OF ATTORNEY
AND SURETY CERTIFICATE
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT, that we , (hereinafter
called the Principal) , and
(hereinafter called
the Surety) , a Corporation chartered and existing under the laws of the State
of with its principal offices in the City of and authorized to
do business in the State of Florida , and the City/County and having an Agent resident therein , such Agent and
Company acceptable to the City/County in the full and just sum of
" Dollars ($ ) good and lawful money of the
United States of America , to be paid upon demand of the City/County, Florida , to which paymentwell and truly to be
made we bind ourselves , our heirs , executors, administrators , successors and assigns, jointly and severally and
• firmly by these present.
WHEREAS , the Principal is about to submit, or has submitted to the City/County, Florida a proposal for the
construction of Project No. XXXXXXXX, entitled for said City;
WHEREAS , the Principal desires to file this bond in accordance with law, in lieu of a certified bidder's check
otherwise required to accompany this proposal .
NOW THEREFORE , the conditions of this obligation are such that if the Proposal be accepted the Principal shall
within ten ( 10) calendar days after receipt of notification of the acceptance thereof, execute a contract in
accordance with the Proposal and upon the terms , conditions and price set forth therein , in the form and manner
required by the City/County, Florida , and execute a sufficient and satisfactory Surety or Performance Bond payable
to the City/County, Florida , in an amount of one hundred percent ( 100 %) of the total contract price , as indicated in
i the proposal , in form and with security satisfactory to the said City, then this obligation to be void , otherwise to be
and remain in full force and virtue in law; and the Surety shall upon failure of the Principal to comply with any or all
of the foregoing requirements within the time specified above immediately pay to the aforesaid City upon demand
the amount hereof in good and lawful money of the United States of America , not as a penalty but as liquidated
damages.
IN TESTIMONY THEREOF , the Principal and Surety have caused these present to be duly signed and sealed this
r day of 12006 .
PRINCIPAL
SURETY
r
r
r
Bid Bond P-58
MOW 9:5429 AM
i
CITY/COUNTY, FLORIDA
SEALED BID NO . 04/05-XX i
PROJECT NO. 04460001
PROJECT TITLE :
SUBSTITUTION SHEET i
DESCRIPTION
OR MAKE PROPOSED ADD DEDUCT
BID ITEM NO . SPECIFIED SUBSTITUTION
i
$ $ i
$ $ i
i
$ $
i
$ $
$ $
P-59 Substitution Sheet
W2M69.5429AMa
r
CITY/COUNTY
SEALED BID NO . 04105-XX
PROJECT NO. 04460001
PROJECT TITLE :
CONTRACTOR VERIFICATION FORM
THE FOLLOWING IS TO COMPLETED BY PRIME BIDDER:
Name of Firm :
Corporate Title :
Address :
(Zip Code)
By:
(Print name) (Print title)
s
(Authorized Signature)
Telephone : ( )
Fax: ( )
State License # (ATTACH COPY)
County License # (ATTACH COPY)
City License: (ATTACH PROOF OF REGISTRATION WITH THE CITY)
•
Type of License :
Unlimited (yes/no)
If "NO" , Limited to what trade?
r
r
a
r
P-60 Contractor Verification
acvzooss:sa:zsaM
CITY/COUNTY, FLORIDA
SEALED BID NO. 04105-XX
PROJECT NO . 04460001
PROJECT TITLE:
LIST OF REFERENCES
OWNER'S NAME PROJECT CONTACT TELEPHONE r
& ADDRESS PERSON NUMBER
r
r
r
r
r
i
i
r
i
P-61 List of References
W W 915429 AM i
NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER
State of }
County of }
being first duly sworn , disposes and says that:
(Name/s)
1 . They are of the Bidder that
(Title) (Name of Company)
has submitted the attached bid ;
2 . He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached bid and of all pertinent
circumstances respecting such Bid ;
3 . Such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid ;
4 . Neither the said Bidder nor any of its officers , partners, owners , agents, representatives, employees or
parties in interest, including this affiant, has in anyway colluded , conspired , connived or agreed , directly or
indirectly with any other bidder, firm or person to submit a collusive or sham Bid in connection with the
contract for which the attached bid has been submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such
.. Contract or has in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion or communication or
conference with any other Bidder, firm or person to fix the price or prices in the attached Bid or of any other
Bidder, or to secure through any collusion , conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement any advantage
against the City/County or any person interested in the proposed Contract; and
5 . The price or prices quoted in the attached Bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion ,
conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any of its agents,
representatives, owners , employees, or parties in interest, including this affiant.
(Signed )
(Title)
STATE OF FLORIDA }
COUNTY OF PALM BEACH }SS :
r The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this
(Date)
by: who is personally known to me or who has produced
as identification and who did (did not) take an oath .
r
Notary (print & sign name)
Commission No .
P-62 Noncollusion Affidavit
3rv2M6 9.54:29 AM
CITY/COUNTY
FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY COMPLIANCE
Bidder acknowledges that included in the various items of the proposal and in the Total Bid Price are costs for
complying with the Florida Trench Safety Act (90-96) , Laws of FI . , effective October 1 , 1990 . The bidder further `
identifies the costs to be summarized below:
Trench Safety Units of Unit Unit Extended
Measure Measure Quantity Cost Cost
{Description} {LF ,SY}
A .
B.
C .
•
D .
E.
F .
w
FAILURE TO COMPLETE THE ABOVE MAY RESULT IN THE BID BEING DECLARED NON-RESPONSIVE .
•
•
i
•
•
•
P- 15 Trench Safety •
3aOD6954:29AM
BUY AMERICA CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
.. COMPLIANCE
The bidder hereby certifies that it will comply with the requirements of 23 C. F . R. 635 .410 , as amended , and utilize
only iron or steel manufactured in the United States, or components made with iron or steel that meet the Buy
America requirements . Bidder acknowledges that it will be required to produce Buy America certification(s) from the
producer(s) of the steel or iron or components prior to incorporating any such materials into the work or project.
s
Company Name :
a
Authorized By:
(Sign) (Print Name)
Title : Date:
a
r
a
s
a
a
a
a
r
P- 16
362006 9:54:29 AM
CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING
The undersigned Bidder/Contractor certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that:
( 1 ) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid , by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for
influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or
employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal
contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative �r
agreement, and the extension , continuation , renewal , amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant,
loan, or cooperative agreement.
(2 ) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for making lobbying
contacts to an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress , an officer or employee of Congress, or
an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan , or cooperative
agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form — LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report
Lobbying ,' in accordance with its instructions [as amended by "Government wide Guidance for New Restrictions on
Lobbying', 61 Fed . Reg. 1413 (1 /19/96). Note: Language in paragraph (2) herein has been modified in
accordance with Section 10 of the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 (P .L. 104-65, to be codified at 2 U .S .C. 1601 , et
seq.)]
(3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the awards documents for all
subawards at all tiers (including subcontracts , subgrants , and contracts under grants, loans , and cooperative
agreements) and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.
This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was
made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction
imposed by 31 , U .S .C . 1352 (as amended by the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995). Any person who fails to file the
required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100 ,000 for
each such failure.
[Note : Pursuant to 31 U .S.C. 1352 ( 1 )-(2)(A), any person who makes a prohibited expenditure of fails to file or
amend a required certification or disclosure form shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not
more than $ 100,000 for each such expenditure or failure]
The Bidder/Contractor, certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of each statement of its certification and disclosure, if
any. In addition , the Contractor understands and agrees that the provisions of 31 U .S .C . A 3801 , et seq. , apply to this _
certification and disclosure , if any.
Company Name :
Authorized By: .,
(Sign ) (Print Name)
Title : Date :
P- 17
3520059:5429 AM
• Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion--Primary
Covered Transactions
r
The Bidder certifies that, the firm or any person associated therewith in the capacity of owner, partner,
director, officer, principal , investigator, project director, manager, auditor, and/or position involving the administration
of federal funds:
(a) are not presently debarred , suspended , proposed for debarment, declared ineligible , or voluntarily
excluded from covered transactions, as defined in 49 CFR s29 . 1 IO (a ), by any federal department or agency;
(b) have not within a three-year period preceding this certification been convicted of or had a civil judgment
rendered against it for: commission of fraud ora criminal offense in connection with obtaining , attempting to obtain ,
or performing a federal , state , or local government transaction or public contract; violation of federal or state
antitrust statutes ; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records ,
making false statements , or receiving stolen property
(c) are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a federal , state , or local
governmental entity with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (b) of this certification ; and
(d ) have not within a three-year period preceding this certification had one or more federal , state , or local
' government public transactions terminated for cause or default.
The Bidder certifies that it shall not knowingly enter into any transaction with any subcontractor, material
supplier, or vendor who is debarred , suspended , declared ineligible, orvoluntarily excluded from participation in this
project by any federal agency unless authorized by the Florida Department of Transportation ."
r Company Name:
r Authorized By:
r (Sign ) (Print Name)
Title: Date :
r
r
r
P- 18
DRUG FREE WORKPLACE CERTIFICATION •
The undersigned Bidder, in accordance with Florida Statute 287 . 087 hereby certifies that
r
does:
(Name of Business)
r
1 . Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution , dispensing ,
possession , or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that
will be taken against employees for violation of such prohibition . •
2. Inform employees about the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business' policy of maintaining a
drug-free workplace , any available drug counseling , rehabilitation , and employee assistance programs , and ■
the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations.
3. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under this bid a ■
copy of the statement specified in subsection ( 1 ).
4 . In the statement specified in subsection (1 ), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the
commodities, or contractual services that are under bid , the employee will abide by the terms of the ■
statement, and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty, or nolo contendre to any
violation of Chapter 1893 , or of any controlled substance law of the United States , or any State, for a
violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction . •
5. Impose a sanction on , or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance , or rehabilitation
program , if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted . ■
6 . Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this
section .
■
As the person authorized to sign the statement, I certify that this firm complies fully with the above requirements .
■
Bidders Signature
■
Date
■
P- 19
■
a6roo6 9 54:zs w,n
i
APPENDIX " D"
r
"AUDITS "
r F:\Engineering\Capital Projects\0201 -03128-Indian River Drive Sidewalk-South-Highland Drive S W\0201 Indian River Drive South
Sidewalk - Contract DOCSWPPEPIDIX D.doc l
r
Audits reports : Recipients of Federal and State Funds are to have audits done annually
using the following criteria:
Federal awards are to be identified using the catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance title •
and number, award number and year, and name of the awarding federal agency. In the
even that a receipient expends $300,000 or more in federal awards in its fiscal year, the
recipient must have a single or program specific audit conducted in accordance with the '
United States Office of Management and Budget Circular A- 133 .
If a receipient expends less than $300,000 in federal awards during its fiscal year, an '
audit conducted in accordance with the OMB Circular A- 133 is not required. If a
recipient expends less than $300,000 in federal awards during its fiscal year and elects to
have an audit conducted in accordance with the OMB Circular A- 133 , the cost of the
audit must be paid from non-federal funds.
Reporting packages and management letters generated from audits conducted in
accordance OMB Circular A- 133 shall be submitted to the awarding FDOT office, by the
recipient, within 30 days of receiving it. The aforementioned items are to be received by
the appropriate FDOT office no later than 9 months after the end of the recipient' s fiscal
year.
r
•
■
•